summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/gcc/config/m32r
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'gcc/config/m32r')
-rwxr-xr-xgcc/config/m32r/initfini.c169
-rwxr-xr-xgcc/config/m32r/m32r.c3323
-rwxr-xr-xgcc/config/m32r/m32r.h2408
-rwxr-xr-xgcc/config/m32r/m32r.md2649
-rwxr-xr-xgcc/config/m32r/t-m32r70
-rwxr-xr-xgcc/config/m32r/xm-m32r.h47
6 files changed, 0 insertions, 8666 deletions
diff --git a/gcc/config/m32r/initfini.c b/gcc/config/m32r/initfini.c
deleted file mode 100755
index 34ef5da..0000000
--- a/gcc/config/m32r/initfini.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-/* .init/.fini section handling + C++ global constructor/destructor handling.
- This file is based on crtstuff.c, sol2-crti.asm, sol2-crtn.asm.
-
-Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of GNU CC.
-
-GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-/* As a special exception, if you link this file with files
- compiled with GCC to produce an executable, this does not cause
- the resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
- the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License. */
-
-/* Declare a pointer to void function type. */
-typedef void (*func_ptr) (void);
-
-#ifdef CRT_INIT
-
-/* NOTE: In order to be able to support SVR4 shared libraries, we arrange
- to have one set of symbols { __CTOR_LIST__, __DTOR_LIST__, __CTOR_END__,
- __DTOR_END__ } per root executable and also one set of these symbols
- per shared library. So in any given whole process image, we may have
- multiple definitions of each of these symbols. In order to prevent
- these definitions from conflicting with one another, and in order to
- ensure that the proper lists are used for the initialization/finalization
- of each individual shared library (respectively), we give these symbols
- only internal (i.e. `static') linkage, and we also make it a point to
- refer to only the __CTOR_END__ symbol in crtfini.o and the __DTOR_LIST__
- symbol in crtinit.o, where they are defined. */
-
-static func_ptr __CTOR_LIST__[1]
- __attribute__ ((section (".ctors")))
- = { (func_ptr) (-1) };
-
-static func_ptr __DTOR_LIST__[1]
- __attribute__ ((section (".dtors")))
- = { (func_ptr) (-1) };
-
-/* Run all the global destructors on exit from the program. */
-
-/* Some systems place the number of pointers in the first word of the
- table. On SVR4 however, that word is -1. In all cases, the table is
- null-terminated. On SVR4, we start from the beginning of the list and
- invoke each per-compilation-unit destructor routine in order
- until we find that null.
-
- Note that this function MUST be static. There will be one of these
- functions in each root executable and one in each shared library, but
- although they all have the same code, each one is unique in that it
- refers to one particular associated `__DTOR_LIST__' which belongs to the
- same particular root executable or shared library file. */
-
-static void __do_global_dtors ()
-asm ("__do_global_dtors") __attribute__ ((section (".text")));
-
-static void
-__do_global_dtors ()
-{
- func_ptr *p;
-
- for (p = __DTOR_LIST__ + 1; *p; p++)
- (*p) ();
-}
-
-/* .init section start.
- This must appear at the start of the .init section. */
-
-asm ("
- .section .init,\"ax\",@progbits
- .balign 4
- .global __init
-__init:
- push fp
- push lr
- mv fp,sp
- ld24 r0,#__fini
- bl atexit
- .fillinsn
-");
-
-/* .fini section start.
- This must appear at the start of the .init section. */
-
-asm ("
- .section .fini,\"ax\",@progbits
- .balign 4
- .global __fini
-__fini:
- push fp
- push lr
- mv fp,sp
- bl __do_global_dtors
- .fillinsn
-");
-
-#endif /* CRT_INIT */
-
-#ifdef CRT_FINI
-
-/* Put a word containing zero at the end of each of our two lists of function
- addresses. Note that the words defined here go into the .ctors and .dtors
- sections of the crtend.o file, and since that file is always linked in
- last, these words naturally end up at the very ends of the two lists
- contained in these two sections. */
-
-static func_ptr __CTOR_END__[1]
- __attribute__ ((section (".ctors")))
- = { (func_ptr) 0 };
-
-static func_ptr __DTOR_END__[1]
- __attribute__ ((section (".dtors")))
- = { (func_ptr) 0 };
-
-/* Run all global constructors for the program.
- Note that they are run in reverse order. */
-
-static void __do_global_ctors ()
-asm ("__do_global_ctors") __attribute__ ((section (".text")));
-
-static void
-__do_global_ctors ()
-{
- func_ptr *p;
-
- for (p = __CTOR_END__ - 1; *p != (func_ptr) -1; p--)
- (*p) ();
-}
-
-/* .init section end.
- This must live at the end of the .init section. */
-
-asm ("
- .section .init,\"ax\",@progbits
- bl __do_global_ctors
- mv sp,fp
- pop lr
- pop fp
- jmp lr
- .fillinsn
-");
-
-/* .fini section end.
- This must live at the end of the .fini section. */
-
-asm ("
- .section .fini,\"ax\",@progbits
- mv sp,fp
- pop lr
- pop fp
- jmp lr
- .fillinsn
-");
-
-#endif /* CRT_FINI */
diff --git a/gcc/config/m32r/m32r.c b/gcc/config/m32r/m32r.c
deleted file mode 100755
index c7717b1..0000000
--- a/gcc/config/m32r/m32r.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3323 +0,0 @@
-/* CYGNUS LOCAL -- meissner/m32r work */
-/* Subroutines used for code generation on the Mitsubishi M32R cpu.
- Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of GNU CC.
-
-GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#include "config.h"
-#include "system.h"
-#include "tree.h"
-#include "rtl.h"
-#include "regs.h"
-#include "hard-reg-set.h"
-#include "real.h"
-#include "insn-config.h"
-#include "conditions.h"
-#include "insn-flags.h"
-#include "output.h"
-#include "insn-attr.h"
-#include "flags.h"
-#include "expr.h"
-#include "recog.h"
-
-/* Save the operands last given to a compare for use when we
- generate a scc or bcc insn. */
-rtx m32r_compare_op0, m32r_compare_op1;
-
-/* Array of valid operand punctuation characters. */
-char m32r_punct_chars[256];
-
-/* Selected code model. */
-char *m32r_model_string = M32R_MODEL_DEFAULT;
-enum m32r_model m32r_model;
-
-/* Selected SDA support. */
-char *m32r_sdata_string = M32R_SDATA_DEFAULT;
-enum m32r_sdata m32r_sdata;
-
-/* Scheduler support */
-int m32r_sched_odd_word_p;
-
-/* Values of the -mcond-exec=n string. */
-int m32rx_cond_exec = 4;
-char * m32rx_cond_exec_string = NULL;
-
-/* Forward declaration. */
-static void init_reg_tables PROTO((void));
-static void emit_S_clause PROTO((rtx, rtx, char *));
-static int generate_comparison PROTO((rtx, char *));
-
-static int internal_reg_or_eq_int16_operand PROTO ((rtx, enum machine_mode));
-static int internal_reg_or_cmp_int16_operand PROTO ((rtx, enum machine_mode));
-static int internal_reg_or_uint16_operand PROTO ((rtx, enum machine_mode));
-static int internal_reg_or_zero_operand PROTO ((rtx, enum machine_mode));
-
-/* Called by OVERRIDE_OPTIONS to initialize various things. */
-
-void
-m32r_init ()
-{
- init_reg_tables ();
-
- /* Initialize array for PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P. */
- memset (m32r_punct_chars, 0, sizeof (m32r_punct_chars));
- m32r_punct_chars['#'] = 1;
- m32r_punct_chars['@'] = 1; /* ??? no longer used */
-
- /* Provide default value if not specified. */
- if (!g_switch_set)
- g_switch_value = SDATA_DEFAULT_SIZE;
-
- if (strcmp (m32r_model_string, "small") == 0)
- m32r_model = M32R_MODEL_SMALL;
- else if (strcmp (m32r_model_string, "medium") == 0)
- m32r_model = M32R_MODEL_MEDIUM;
- else if (strcmp (m32r_model_string, "large") == 0)
- m32r_model = M32R_MODEL_LARGE;
- else
- error ("bad value (%s) for -mmodel switch", m32r_model_string);
-
- if (strcmp (m32r_sdata_string, "none") == 0)
- m32r_sdata = M32R_SDATA_NONE;
- else if (strcmp (m32r_sdata_string, "sdata") == 0)
- m32r_sdata = M32R_SDATA_SDATA;
- else if (strcmp (m32r_sdata_string, "use") == 0)
- m32r_sdata = M32R_SDATA_USE;
- else
- error ("bad value (%s) for -msdata switch", m32r_sdata_string);
-
- /* Set up max # instructions to use with conditional execution */
- if (m32rx_cond_exec_string)
- m32rx_cond_exec = atoi (m32rx_cond_exec_string);
-}
-
-/* Vectors to keep interesting information about registers where it can easily
- be got. We use to use the actual mode value as the bit number, but there
- is (or may be) more than 32 modes now. Instead we use two tables: one
- indexed by hard register number, and one indexed by mode. */
-
-/* The purpose of m32r_mode_class is to shrink the range of modes so that
- they all fit (as bit numbers) in a 32 bit word (again). Each real mode is
- mapped into one m32r_mode_class mode. */
-
-enum m32r_mode_class
-{
- C_MODE,
- S_MODE, D_MODE, T_MODE, O_MODE,
- SF_MODE, DF_MODE, TF_MODE, OF_MODE
- , A_MODE
-};
-
-/* Modes for condition codes. */
-#define C_MODES (1 << (int) C_MODE)
-
-/* Modes for single-word and smaller quantities. */
-#define S_MODES ((1 << (int) S_MODE) | (1 << (int) SF_MODE))
-
-/* Modes for double-word and smaller quantities. */
-#define D_MODES (S_MODES | (1 << (int) D_MODE) | (1 << DF_MODE))
-
-/* Modes for quad-word and smaller quantities. */
-#define T_MODES (D_MODES | (1 << (int) T_MODE) | (1 << (int) TF_MODE))
-
-/* Modes for accumulators. */
-#define A_MODES (1 << (int) A_MODE)
-
-/* Value is 1 if register/mode pair is acceptable on arc. */
-
-unsigned int m32r_hard_regno_mode_ok[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER] =
-{
- T_MODES, T_MODES, T_MODES, T_MODES, T_MODES, T_MODES, T_MODES, T_MODES,
- T_MODES, T_MODES, T_MODES, T_MODES, T_MODES, S_MODES, S_MODES, S_MODES,
- S_MODES, C_MODES
- , A_MODES, A_MODES
-};
-
-unsigned int m32r_mode_class [NUM_MACHINE_MODES];
-
-enum reg_class m32r_regno_reg_class[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
-
-static void
-init_reg_tables ()
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; i++)
- {
- switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (i))
- {
- case MODE_INT:
- case MODE_PARTIAL_INT:
- case MODE_COMPLEX_INT:
- if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) <= 4)
- m32r_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) S_MODE;
- else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 8)
- m32r_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) D_MODE;
- else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 16)
- m32r_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) T_MODE;
- else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 32)
- m32r_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) O_MODE;
- else
- m32r_mode_class[i] = 0;
- break;
- case MODE_FLOAT:
- case MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT:
- if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) <= 4)
- m32r_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) SF_MODE;
- else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 8)
- m32r_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) DF_MODE;
- else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 16)
- m32r_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) TF_MODE;
- else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 32)
- m32r_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) OF_MODE;
- else
- m32r_mode_class[i] = 0;
- break;
- case MODE_CC:
- default:
- /* mode_class hasn't been initialized yet for EXTRA_CC_MODES, so
- we must explicitly check for them here. */
- if (i == (int) CCmode)
- m32r_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) C_MODE;
- else
- m32r_mode_class[i] = 0;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
- {
- if (GPR_P (i))
- m32r_regno_reg_class[i] = GENERAL_REGS;
- else if (i == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)
- m32r_regno_reg_class[i] = GENERAL_REGS;
- else
- m32r_regno_reg_class[i] = NO_REGS;
- }
-}
-
-static tree interrupt_ident;
-static tree model_ident;
-static tree small_ident;
-static tree medium_ident;
-static tree large_ident;
-
-static void
-init_idents ()
-{
- if (interrupt_ident == 0)
- {
- interrupt_ident = get_identifier ("interrupt");
- model_ident = get_identifier ("model");
- small_ident = get_identifier ("small");
- medium_ident = get_identifier ("medium");
- large_ident = get_identifier ("large");
- }
-}
-
-/* M32R specific attribute support.
-
- interrupt - for interrupt functions
-
- model - select code model used to access object
-
- small: addresses use 24 bits, use bl to make calls
- medium: addresses use 32 bits, use bl to make calls
- large: addresses use 32 bits, use seth/add3/jl to make calls
-
- Grep for MODEL in m32r.h for more info.
-*/
-
-/* Return nonzero if IDENTIFIER is a valid decl attribute. */
-
-int
-m32r_valid_machine_decl_attribute (type, attributes, identifier, args)
- tree type;
- tree attributes;
- tree identifier;
- tree args;
- {
- init_idents ();
-
- if (identifier == interrupt_ident
- && list_length (args) == 0)
- return 1;
-
- if (identifier == model_ident
- && list_length (args) == 1
- && (TREE_VALUE (args) == small_ident
- || TREE_VALUE (args) == medium_ident
- || TREE_VALUE (args) == large_ident))
- return 1;
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Return zero if TYPE1 and TYPE are incompatible, one if they are compatible,
- and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be
- generated). */
-
-int
-m32r_comp_type_attributes (type1, type2)
- tree type1, type2;
-{
- return 1;
-}
-
-/* Set the default attributes for TYPE. */
-
-void
-m32r_set_default_type_attributes (type)
- tree type;
-{
-}
-
-/* A C statement or statements to switch to the appropriate
- section for output of DECL. DECL is either a `VAR_DECL' node
- or a constant of some sort. RELOC indicates whether forming
- the initial value of DECL requires link-time relocations. */
-
-void
-m32r_select_section (decl, reloc)
- tree decl;
- int reloc;
-{
- if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
- {
- if (! flag_writable_strings)
- const_section ();
- else
- data_section ();
- }
- else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
- {
- if (SDATA_NAME_P (XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0)))
- sdata_section ();
- else if ((flag_pic && reloc)
- || !TREE_READONLY (decl)
- || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
- || !DECL_INITIAL (decl)
- || (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node
- && !TREE_CONSTANT (DECL_INITIAL (decl))))
- data_section ();
- else
- const_section ();
- }
- else
- const_section ();
-}
-
-/* Encode section information of DECL, which is either a VAR_DECL,
- FUNCTION_DECL, STRING_CST, CONSTRUCTOR, or ???.
-
- For the M32R we want to record:
-
- - whether the object lives in .sdata/.sbss.
- objects living in .sdata/.sbss are prefixed with SDATA_FLAG_CHAR
-
- - what code model should be used to access the object
- small: recorded with no flag - for space efficiency since they'll
- be the most common
- medium: prefixed with MEDIUM_FLAG_CHAR
- large: prefixed with LARGE_FLAG_CHAR
-*/
-
-void
-m32r_encode_section_info (decl)
- tree decl;
-{
- char prefix = 0;
- tree model = 0;
-
- switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
- {
- case VAR_DECL :
- case FUNCTION_DECL :
- model = lookup_attribute ("model", DECL_MACHINE_ATTRIBUTES (decl));
- break;
- case STRING_CST :
- case CONSTRUCTOR :
- /* ??? document all others that can appear here */
- default :
- return;
- }
-
- /* Only mark the object as being small data area addressable if
- it hasn't been explicitly marked with a code model.
-
- The user can explicitly put an object in the small data area with the
- section attribute. If the object is in sdata/sbss and marked with a
- code model do both [put the object in .sdata and mark it as being
- addressed with a specific code model - don't mark it as being addressed
- with an SDA reloc though]. This is ok and might be useful at times. If
- the object doesn't fit the linker will give an error. */
-
- if (! model)
- {
- if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (decl)) == 'd'
- && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE)
- {
- char *name = TREE_STRING_POINTER (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl));
- if (! strcmp (name, ".sdata") || ! strcmp (name, ".sbss"))
- {
-#if 0 /* ??? There's no reason to disallow this, is there? */
- if (TREE_READONLY (decl))
- error_with_decl (decl, "const objects cannot go in .sdata/.sbss");
-#endif
- prefix = SDATA_FLAG_CHAR;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
- && ! TREE_READONLY (decl)
- && ! TARGET_SDATA_NONE)
- {
- int size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl));
-
- if (size > 0 && size <= g_switch_value)
- prefix = SDATA_FLAG_CHAR;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* If data area not decided yet, check for a code model. */
- if (prefix == 0)
- {
- if (model)
- {
- init_idents ();
-
- if (TREE_VALUE (TREE_VALUE (model)) == small_ident)
- ; /* don't mark the symbol specially */
- else if (TREE_VALUE (TREE_VALUE (model)) == medium_ident)
- prefix = MEDIUM_FLAG_CHAR;
- else if (TREE_VALUE (TREE_VALUE (model)) == large_ident)
- prefix = LARGE_FLAG_CHAR;
- else
- abort (); /* shouldn't happen */
- }
- else
- {
- if (TARGET_MODEL_SMALL)
- ; /* don't mark the symbol specially */
- else if (TARGET_MODEL_MEDIUM)
- prefix = MEDIUM_FLAG_CHAR;
- else if (TARGET_MODEL_LARGE)
- prefix = LARGE_FLAG_CHAR;
- else
- abort (); /* shouldn't happen */
- }
- }
-
- if (prefix != 0)
- {
- rtx rtl = (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (decl)) != 'd'
- ? TREE_CST_RTL (decl) : DECL_RTL (decl));
- char *str = XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0);
- int len = strlen (str);
- char *newstr = savealloc (len + 2);
- strcpy (newstr + 1, str);
- *newstr = prefix;
- XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0) = newstr;
- }
-}
-
-/* Do anything needed before RTL is emitted for each function. */
-
-void
-m32r_init_expanders ()
-{
- /* ??? At one point there was code here. The function is left in
- to make it easy to experiment. */
-}
-
-/* Acceptable arguments to the call insn. */
-
-int
-call_address_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- return symbolic_operand (op, int_mode);
-
-/* The following xxx_operand functions all take an integer for the machine_mode
- argument. This is to allow them to be prototyped in m32r.h which is
- included before rtl.h is included. Not every function includes rtl.h, so we
- can't assume it will be included. */
-
-/* Constants and values in registers are not OK, because
- the m32r BL instruction can only support PC relative branching. */
-}
-
-int
-call_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode)int_mode;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != MEM)
- return 0;
- op = XEXP (op, 0);
- return call_address_operand (op, mode);
-}
-
-/* Returns 1 if OP is a symbol reference. */
-
-int
-symbolic_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- case SYMBOL_REF:
- case LABEL_REF:
- case CONST :
- return 1;
-
- default:
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if OP is a reference to an object in .sdata/.sbss. */
-
-int
-small_data_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- if (! TARGET_SDATA_USE)
- return 0;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SYMBOL_REF)
- return SDATA_NAME_P (XSTR (op, 0));
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == PLUS
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
- && INT16_P (INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 1))))
- return SDATA_NAME_P (XSTR (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0), 0));
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if OP is a symbol that can use 24 bit addressing. */
-
-int
-addr24_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) == LABEL_REF)
- return TARGET_ADDR24;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SYMBOL_REF)
- return (SMALL_NAME_P (XSTR (op, 0))
- || (TARGET_ADDR24
- && (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (op)
- || LIT_NAME_P (XSTR (op, 0)))));
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == PLUS
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
- && UINT24_P (INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 1))))
- {
- rtx sym = XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0);
- return (SMALL_NAME_P (XSTR (sym, 0))
- || (TARGET_ADDR24
- && (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (op)
- || LIT_NAME_P (XSTR (op, 0)))));
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if OP is a symbol that needs 32 bit addressing. */
-
-int
-addr32_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) == LABEL_REF)
- return TARGET_ADDR32;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SYMBOL_REF)
- return (! addr24_operand (op, int_mode)
- && ! small_data_operand (op, int_mode));
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == PLUS
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)
- {
- return (! addr24_operand (op, int_mode)
- && ! small_data_operand (op, int_mode));
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if OP is a function that can be called with the `bl' insn. */
-
-int
-call26_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SYMBOL_REF)
- return ! LARGE_NAME_P (XSTR (op, 0));
-
- return TARGET_CALL26;
-}
-
-/* Returns 1 if OP is an acceptable operand for seth/add3. */
-
-int
-seth_add3_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) == SYMBOL_REF
- || GET_CODE (op) == LABEL_REF)
- return 1;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == PLUS
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
- && INT16_P (INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 1))))
- return 1;
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Return true if OP is a signed 8 bit immediate value. */
-
-int
-int8_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT)
- return 0;
- return INT8_P (INTVAL (op));
-}
-
-/* Return true if OP is a signed 16 bit immediate value
- useful in comparisons. */
-
-int
-cmp_int16_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT)
- return 0;
- return CMP_INT16_P (INTVAL (op));
-}
-
-/* Return true if OP is an unsigned 16 bit immediate value. */
-int
-uint16_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT)
- return 0;
- return UINT16_P (INTVAL (op));
-}
-
-/* Return true if OP is a register or signed 16 bit value. */
-int
-reg_or_int16_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode)int_mode;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == REG || GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
- if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT)
- return 0;
- return INT16_P (INTVAL (op));
-}
-
-/* Return true if OP is a register or an unsigned 16 bit value. */
-int
-reg_or_uint16_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode)int_mode;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == REG || GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
- if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT)
- return 0;
- return UINT16_P (INTVAL (op));
-}
-
-/* Return true if OP is a register or an integer value that can be
- used is SEQ/SNE. We can use either XOR of the value or ADD of
- the negative of the value for the constant. Don't allow 0,
- because that is special cased. */
-int
-reg_or_eq_int16_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- HOST_WIDE_INT value;
- enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode)int_mode;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == REG || GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT)
- return 0;
-
- value = INTVAL (op);
- return (value != 0) && (UINT16_P (value) || CMP_INT16_P (-value));
-}
-
-/* Same as eqne_int16_operand, except the mode argument is an enum. */
-int
-internal_reg_or_eq_int16_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- HOST_WIDE_INT value;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == REG || GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT)
- return 0;
-
- value = INTVAL (op);
- return (value != 0) && (UINT16_P (value) || CMP_INT16_P (-value));
-}
-
-/* Same as reg_or_int16_operand, except the mode argument is an enum. */
-static int
-internal_reg_or_uint16_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) == REG || GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
- if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT)
- return 0;
- return UINT16_P (INTVAL (op));
-}
-
-/* Return true if OP is a register or signed 16 bit value for compares. */
-int
-reg_or_cmp_int16_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode)int_mode;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == REG || GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
- if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT)
- return 0;
- return CMP_INT16_P (INTVAL (op));
-}
-
-/* Same as reg_or_cmp_int16_operand, but uses machine_mode as an
- operand. */
-static int
-internal_reg_or_cmp_int16_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) == REG || GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
- if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT)
- return 0;
- return CMP_INT16_P (INTVAL (op));
-}
-
-/* Return true if OP is a register or the constant 0. */
-int
-reg_or_zero_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode)int_mode;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == REG || GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT)
- return 0;
-
- return INTVAL (op) == 0;
-}
-
-/* Like reg_or_zero_operand, except mode argument is an enum. */
-static int
-internal_reg_or_zero_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- enum machine_mode mode;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) == REG || GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT)
- return 0;
-
- return INTVAL (op) == 0;
-}
-
-/* Return true if OP is a const_int requiring two instructions to load. */
-
-int
-two_insn_const_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT)
- return 0;
- if (INT16_P (INTVAL (op))
- || UINT24_P (INTVAL (op))
- || UPPER16_P (INTVAL (op)))
- return 0;
- return 1;
-}
-
-/* Return true if OP is an acceptable argument for a single word
- move source. */
-
-int
-move_src_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode)int_mode;
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- case SYMBOL_REF :
- case CONST :
- return addr24_operand (op, int_mode);
- case CONST_INT :
- /* ??? We allow more cse opportunities if we only allow constants
- loadable with one insn, and split the rest into two. The instances
- where this would help should be rare and the current way is
- simpler. */
- return INT32_P (INTVAL (op));
- case LABEL_REF :
- return TARGET_ADDR24;
- case CONST_DOUBLE :
- if (mode == SFmode)
- return 1;
- else if (mode == SImode)
- {
- /* Large unsigned constants are represented as const_double's. */
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low, high;
-
- low = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op);
- high = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op);
- return high == 0 && low <= 0xffffffff;
- }
- else
- return 0;
- case REG :
- return register_operand (op, mode);
- case SUBREG :
- /* (subreg (mem ...) ...) can occur here if the inner part was once a
- pseudo-reg and is now a stack slot. */
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) == MEM)
- return address_operand (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op), 0), mode);
- else
- return register_operand (op, mode);
- case MEM :
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == PRE_INC
- || GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == PRE_DEC)
- return 0; /* loads can't do pre-{inc,dec} */
- return address_operand (XEXP (op, 0), mode);
- default :
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-/* Return true if OP is an acceptable argument for a double word
- move source. */
-
-int
-move_double_src_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode)int_mode;
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- case CONST_INT :
- case CONST_DOUBLE :
- return 1;
- case REG :
- return register_operand (op, mode);
- case SUBREG :
- /* (subreg (mem ...) ...) can occur here if the inner part was once a
- pseudo-reg and is now a stack slot. */
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) == MEM)
- return move_double_src_operand (SUBREG_REG (op), int_mode);
- else
- return register_operand (op, mode);
- case MEM :
- /* Disallow auto inc/dec for now. */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == PRE_DEC
- || GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == PRE_INC)
- return 0;
- return address_operand (XEXP (op, 0), mode);
- default :
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-/* Return true if OP is an acceptable argument for a move destination. */
-
-int
-move_dest_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode)int_mode;
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- case REG :
- return register_operand (op, mode);
- case SUBREG :
- /* (subreg (mem ...) ...) can occur here if the inner part was once a
- pseudo-reg and is now a stack slot. */
- if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) == MEM)
- return address_operand (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op), 0), mode);
- else
- return register_operand (op, mode);
- case MEM :
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == POST_INC)
- return 0; /* stores can't do post inc */
- return address_operand (XEXP (op, 0), mode);
- default :
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if OP is a DImode const we want to handle inline.
- This must match the code in the movdi pattern.
- It is used by the 'G' CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_LETTER. */
-
-int
-easy_di_const (op)
- rtx op;
-{
- rtx high_rtx, low_rtx;
- HOST_WIDE_INT high, low;
-
- split_double (op, &high_rtx, &low_rtx);
- high = INTVAL (high_rtx);
- low = INTVAL (low_rtx);
- /* Pick constants loadable with 2 16 bit `ldi' insns. */
- if (high >= -128 && high <= 127
- && low >= -128 && low <= 127)
- return 1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if OP is a DFmode const we want to handle inline.
- This must match the code in the movdf pattern.
- It is used by the 'H' CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_LETTER. */
-
-int
-easy_df_const (op)
- rtx op;
-{
- REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
- long l[2];
-
- REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, op);
- REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (r, l);
- if (l[0] == 0 && l[1] == 0)
- return 1;
- if ((l[0] & 0xffff) == 0 && l[1] == 0)
- return 1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if OP is an EQ or NE comparison operator. */
-
-int
-eqne_comparison_operator (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (op);
-
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != '<')
- return 0;
- return (code == EQ || code == NE);
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if OP is a signed comparison operator. */
-
-int
-signed_comparison_operator (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (op);
-
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != '<')
- return 0;
- return (code == EQ || code == NE
- || code == LT || code == LE || code == GT || code == GE);
-}
-
-/* Return 1 if OP is (mem (reg ...)).
- This is used in insn length calcs. */
-
-int
-memreg_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- return GET_CODE (op) == MEM && GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == REG;
-}
-
-/* Return true if OP is an acceptable input argument for a zero/sign extend
- operation. */
-
-int
-extend_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode)int_mode;
- rtx addr;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (op))
- {
- case REG :
- case SUBREG :
- return register_operand (op, mode);
-
- case MEM :
- addr = XEXP (op, 0);
- if (GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_DEC)
- return 0; /* loads can't do pre inc/pre dec */
-
- return address_operand (addr, mode);
-
- default :
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-/* Return non-zero if the operand is an insn that is a small insn.
- Allow const_int 0 as well, which is a placeholder for NOP slots. */
-
-int
-small_insn_p (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (op) == 0)
- return 1;
-
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (op)) != 'i')
- return 0;
-
- return get_attr_length (op) == 2;
-}
-
-/* Return non-zero if the operand is an insn that is a large insn. */
-
-int
-large_insn_p (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (op)) != 'i')
- return 0;
-
- return get_attr_length (op) != 2;
-}
-
-
-/* Comparisons. */
-
-/* Given a comparison code (EQ, NE, etc.) and the first operand of a COMPARE,
- return the mode to be used for the comparison. */
-
-int
-m32r_select_cc_mode (op, x, y)
- int op;
- rtx x, y;
-{
- return (int)CCmode;
-}
-
-/* X and Y are two things to compare using CODE. Emit the compare insn and
- return the rtx for compare [arg0 of the if_then_else].
- If need_compare is true then the comparison insn must be generated, rather
- than being susummed into the following branch instruction. */
-
-rtx
-gen_compare (int_code, label, x, y)
- int int_code;
- rtx label;
- rtx x;
- rtx y;
-{
- enum rtx_code code = (enum rtx_code)int_code;
- enum rtx_code branch_code;
- enum machine_mode mode = SELECT_CC_MODE (code, x, y);
- rtx cc_reg = gen_rtx (REG, mode, CARRY_REGNUM);
- int must_swap = FALSE;
- int int_p = (GET_CODE (y) == CONST_INT);
- HOST_WIDE_INT value = (int_p) ? INTVAL (y) : 0;
- int signed_p = 0;
- rtx arg1;
- rtx arg2;
- rtx ret;
- rtx (*gen_func) PROTO ((rtx, rtx))
- = (rtx (*) PROTO ((rtx, rtx))) abort;
- int (*constrain_func) PROTO ((rtx, enum machine_mode))
- = (int (*) PROTO ((rtx, enum machine_mode))) abort;
-
- start_sequence ();
- if (GET_CODE (x) != REG && GET_CODE (x) != SUBREG)
- x = force_reg (GET_MODE (x), x);
-
- if (GET_CODE (y) != REG && GET_CODE (y) != SUBREG && !int_p)
- y = force_reg (GET_MODE (x), y);
-
- /* If we have a LE, GT, etc. of a constant, see if we can tranform it to the
- appropriate LT, GE, etc. to use the cmpi or cmpui instruction. */
- if (int_p)
- {
- if ((code == LE || code == GT) && (value >= -32768 && value < 32767))
- {
- ++value;
- y = GEN_INT (value);
- code = (code == LE) ? LT : GE;
- }
-
- else if ((code == LEU || code == GTU) && (value >= 0 && value < 32767))
- {
- ++value;
- y = GEN_INT (value);
- code = (code == LEU) ? LTU : GEU;
- }
- }
-
- switch (code)
- {
- default:
- abort ();
-
- case EQ:
- gen_func = gen_cmp_eqsi_insn;
- constrain_func = internal_reg_or_uint16_operand;
- branch_code = NE;
- signed_p = TRUE;
- if (TARGET_M32RX)
- {
- gen_func = gen_cmp_eqsi_zero_insn;
- constrain_func = internal_reg_or_zero_operand;
- }
- break;
-
- case NE:
- gen_func = gen_cmp_eqsi_insn;
- constrain_func = internal_reg_or_uint16_operand;
- branch_code = EQ;
- signed_p = TRUE;
- if (TARGET_M32RX)
- {
- gen_func = gen_cmp_eqsi_zero_insn;
- constrain_func = internal_reg_or_zero_operand;
- }
- break;
-
- case LT:
- gen_func = gen_cmp_ltsi_insn;
- constrain_func = internal_reg_or_cmp_int16_operand;
- branch_code = NE;
- signed_p = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case LE:
- gen_func = gen_cmp_ltsi_insn;
- constrain_func = internal_reg_or_cmp_int16_operand;
- branch_code = EQ;
- signed_p = TRUE;
- must_swap = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case GT:
- gen_func = gen_cmp_ltsi_insn;
- constrain_func = internal_reg_or_cmp_int16_operand;
- branch_code = NE;
- signed_p = TRUE;
- must_swap = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case GE:
- gen_func = gen_cmp_ltsi_insn;
- constrain_func = internal_reg_or_cmp_int16_operand;
- branch_code = EQ;
- signed_p = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case LTU:
- gen_func = gen_cmp_ltusi_insn;
- constrain_func = internal_reg_or_cmp_int16_operand;
- branch_code = NE;
- signed_p = FALSE;
- break;
-
- case LEU:
- gen_func = gen_cmp_ltusi_insn;
- constrain_func = internal_reg_or_cmp_int16_operand;
- branch_code = EQ;
- signed_p = FALSE;
- must_swap = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case GTU:
- gen_func = gen_cmp_ltusi_insn;
- constrain_func = internal_reg_or_cmp_int16_operand;
- branch_code = NE;
- signed_p = FALSE;
- must_swap = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case GEU:
- gen_func = gen_cmp_ltusi_insn;
- constrain_func = internal_reg_or_cmp_int16_operand;
- branch_code = EQ;
- signed_p = FALSE;
- break;
- }
-
- /* Is this a branch comparison against 0? */
- if (int_p && value == 0 && signed_p)
- {
- emit_jump_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- pc_rtx,
- gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (VOIDmode,
- gen_rtx (code,
- VOIDmode,
- x,
- CONST0_RTX (mode)),
- gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (VOIDmode,
- label),
- pc_rtx)));
- }
-
- /* Is this a branch comparison comparing two registers for == or !=? */
- else if (code == EQ || code == NE)
- {
- if (int_p)
- y = force_reg (GET_MODE (x), y);
-
- emit_jump_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- pc_rtx,
- gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (VOIDmode,
- gen_rtx (code,
- VOIDmode,
- x, y),
- gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (VOIDmode,
- label),
- pc_rtx)));
- }
-
- /* If not, set c bit and then do jump */
- else
- {
- if (int_p && (must_swap || ! (*constrain_func) (y, GET_MODE (y))))
- y = force_reg (GET_MODE (x), y);
-
- if (must_swap)
- {
- arg1 = y;
- arg2 = x;
- }
- else
- {
- arg1 = x;
- arg2 = y;
- }
-
- emit_insn ((*gen_func) (arg1, arg2));
- emit_jump_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- pc_rtx,
- gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (VOIDmode,
- gen_rtx (branch_code,
- VOIDmode,
- cc_reg,
- CONST0_RTX (mode)),
- gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (VOIDmode,
- label),
- pc_rtx)));
- }
-
- ret = gen_sequence ();
- end_sequence ();
- return ret;
-}
-
-/* Split a 2 word move (DI or DF) into component parts. */
-
-rtx
-gen_split_move_double (operands)
- rtx operands[];
-{
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (operands[0]);
- rtx dest = operands[0];
- rtx src = operands[1];
- rtx val;
-
- /* We might have (SUBREG (MEM)) here, so just get rid of the
- subregs to make this code simpler. It is safe to call
- alter_subreg any time after reload. */
- if (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG)
- dest = alter_subreg (dest);
- if (GET_CODE (src) == SUBREG)
- src = alter_subreg (src);
-
- start_sequence ();
- if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
- {
- int dregno = REGNO (dest);
-
- /* reg = reg */
- if (GET_CODE (src) == REG)
- {
- int sregno = REGNO (src);
-
- int reverse = (dregno == sregno + 1);
-
- /* We normally copy the low-numbered register first. However, if
- the first register operand 0 is the same as the second register of
- operand 1, we must copy in the opposite order. */
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- operand_subword (dest, reverse, TRUE, mode),
- operand_subword (src, reverse, TRUE, mode)));
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- operand_subword (dest, !reverse, TRUE, mode),
- operand_subword (src, !reverse, TRUE, mode)));
- }
-
- /* reg = constant */
- else if (GET_CODE (src) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (src) == CONST_DOUBLE)
- {
- rtx words[2];
- split_double (src, &words[0], &words[1]);
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- operand_subword (dest, 0, TRUE, mode),
- words[0]));
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- operand_subword (dest, 1, TRUE, mode),
- words[1]));
- }
-
- /* reg = mem */
- else if (GET_CODE (src) == MEM)
- {
- /* If the high-address word is used in the address, we must load it
- last. Otherwise, load it first. */
- rtx addr = XEXP (src, 0);
- int reverse = (refers_to_regno_p (dregno, dregno+1, addr, 0) != 0);
-
- /* We used to optimize loads from single registers as
-
- ld r1,r3+; ld r2,r3
-
- if r3 were not used subsequently. However, the REG_NOTES aren't
- propigated correctly by the reload phase, and it can cause bad
- code to be generated. We could still try:
-
- ld r1,r3+; ld r2,r3; addi r3,-4
-
- which saves 2 bytes and doesn't force longword alignment. */
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- operand_subword (dest, reverse, TRUE, mode),
- change_address (src, SImode,
- plus_constant (addr,
- reverse * UNITS_PER_WORD))));
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- operand_subword (dest, !reverse, TRUE, mode),
- change_address (src, SImode,
- plus_constant (addr,
- (!reverse) * UNITS_PER_WORD))));
- }
-
- else
- abort ();
- }
-
- /* mem = reg */
- /* We used to optimize loads from single registers as
-
- st r1,r3; st r2,+r3
-
- if r3 were not used subsequently. However, the REG_NOTES aren't
- propigated correctly by the reload phase, and it can cause bad
- code to be generated. We could still try:
-
- st r1,r3; st r2,+r3; addi r3,-4
-
- which saves 2 bytes and doesn't force longword alignment. */
- else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM && GET_CODE (src) == REG)
- {
- rtx addr = XEXP (dest, 0);
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- change_address (dest, SImode, addr),
- operand_subword (src, 0, TRUE, mode)));
-
- emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
- change_address (dest, SImode,
- plus_constant (addr, UNITS_PER_WORD)),
- operand_subword (src, 1, TRUE, mode)));
- }
-
- else
- abort ();
-
- val = gen_sequence ();
- end_sequence ();
- return val;
-}
-
-
-/* Implements the FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS macro. */
-
-int
-function_arg_partial_nregs (cum, int_mode, type, named)
- CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum;
- int int_mode;
- tree type;
- int named;
-{
- enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode)int_mode;
- int ret;
- int size = (((mode == BLKmode && type)
- ? int_size_in_bytes (type)
- : GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD;
-
- if (*cum >= M32R_MAX_PARM_REGS)
- ret = 0;
- else if (*cum + size > M32R_MAX_PARM_REGS)
- ret = (*cum + size) - M32R_MAX_PARM_REGS;
- else
- ret = 0;
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-/* Do any needed setup for a variadic function. For the M32R, we must
- create a register parameter block, and then copy any anonymous arguments
- in registers to memory.
-
- CUM has not been updated for the last named argument which has type TYPE
- and mode MODE, and we rely on this fact. */
-
-void
-m32r_setup_incoming_varargs (cum, int_mode, type, pretend_size, no_rtl)
- CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum;
- int int_mode;
- tree type;
- int *pretend_size;
- int no_rtl;
-{
- enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode)int_mode;
- int first_anon_arg;
-
- if (no_rtl)
- return;
-
- /* All BLKmode values are passed by reference. */
- if (mode == BLKmode)
- abort ();
-
- /* We must treat `__builtin_va_alist' as an anonymous arg. */
- if (current_function_varargs)
- first_anon_arg = *cum;
- else
- first_anon_arg = (ROUND_ADVANCE_CUM (*cum, mode, type)
- + ROUND_ADVANCE_ARG (mode, type));
-
- if (first_anon_arg < M32R_MAX_PARM_REGS)
- {
- /* Note that first_reg_offset < M32R_MAX_PARM_REGS. */
- int first_reg_offset = first_anon_arg;
- /* Size in words to "pretend" allocate. */
- int size = M32R_MAX_PARM_REGS - first_reg_offset;
- rtx regblock;
-
- regblock = gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode,
- plus_constant (arg_pointer_rtx,
- FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (0)));
- move_block_from_reg (first_reg_offset, regblock,
- size, size * UNITS_PER_WORD);
-
- *pretend_size = (size * UNITS_PER_WORD);
- }
-}
-
-/* Cost functions. */
-
-/* Provide the costs of an addressing mode that contains ADDR.
- If ADDR is not a valid address, its cost is irrelevant.
-
- This function is trivial at the moment. This code doesn't live
- in m32r.h so it's easy to experiment. */
-
-int
-m32r_address_cost (addr)
- rtx addr;
-{
- return 1;
-}
-
-
-/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to update the integer variable COST based on
- the relationship between INSN that is dependent on DEP_INSN through the
- dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment to COST. This can be
- used for example to specify to the scheduler that an output- or
- anti-dependence does not incur the same cost as a data-dependence. */
-
-int
-m32r_adjust_cost (insn, link, dep_insn, cost)
- rtx insn;
- rtx link;
- rtx dep_insn;
- int cost;
-{
- return cost;
-}
-
-
-/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to update the integer scheduling
- priority `INSN_PRIORITY(INSN)'. Reduce the priority to execute
- the INSN earlier, increase the priority to execute INSN later.
- Do not define this macro if you do not need to adjust the
- scheduling priorities of insns.
-
- On the m32r, increase the priority of long instructions so that
- the short instructions are scheduled ahead of the long ones. */
-
-int
-m32r_adjust_priority (insn, priority)
- rtx insn;
- int priority;
-{
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (insn)) == 'i')
- {
- enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn));
- if (code != USE && code != CLOBBER && code != ADDR_VEC
- && get_attr_insn_size (insn) != INSN_SIZE_SHORT)
- priority <<= 3;
- }
-
- return priority;
-}
-
-
-/* Initialize for scheduling a group of instructions. */
-
-void
-m32r_sched_init (stream, verbose)
- FILE *stream;
- int verbose;
-{
- m32r_sched_odd_word_p = FALSE;
-}
-
-
-/* Reorder the schedulers priority list if needed */
-
-void
-m32r_sched_reorder (stream, verbose, ready, n_ready)
- FILE *stream;
- int verbose;
- rtx *ready;
- int n_ready;
-{
- if (TARGET_DEBUG)
- return;
-
- if (verbose <= 7)
- stream = (FILE *)0;
-
- if (stream)
- fprintf (stream,
- ";;\t\t::: Looking at %d insn(s) on ready list, boundary is %s word\n",
- n_ready,
- (m32r_sched_odd_word_p) ? "odd" : "even");
-
- if (n_ready > 1)
- {
- rtx *long_head = (rtx *) alloca (sizeof (rtx) * n_ready);
- rtx *long_tail = long_head;
- rtx *short_head = (rtx *) alloca (sizeof (rtx) * n_ready);
- rtx *short_tail = short_head;
- rtx *new_head = (rtx *) alloca (sizeof (rtx) * n_ready);
- rtx *new_tail = new_head + (n_ready - 1);
- int i;
-
- /* Loop through the instructions, classifing them as short/long. Try
- to keep 2 short together and/or 1 long. Note, the ready list is
- actually ordered backwards, so keep it in that manner. */
- for (i = n_ready-1; i >= 0; i--)
- {
- rtx insn = ready[i];
- enum rtx_code code;
-
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (insn)) != 'i'
- || (code = GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn))) == USE
- || code == CLOBBER || code == ADDR_VEC)
- {
- /* Dump all current short/long insns just in case */
- while (long_head != long_tail)
- *new_tail-- = *long_head++;
-
- while (short_head != short_tail)
- *new_tail-- = *short_head++;
-
- *new_tail-- = insn;
- if (stream)
- fprintf (stream,
- ";;\t\t::: Skipping non instruction %d\n",
- INSN_UID (insn));
-
- }
-
- else
- {
- if (get_attr_insn_size (insn) != INSN_SIZE_SHORT)
- *long_tail++ = insn;
-
- else
- *short_tail++ = insn;
- }
- }
-
- /* If we are on an odd word, emit a single short instruction if
- we can */
- if (m32r_sched_odd_word_p && short_head != short_tail)
- *new_tail-- = *short_head++;
-
- /* Now dump out all of the long instructions */
- while (long_head != long_tail)
- *new_tail-- = *long_head++;
-
- /* Now dump out all of the short instructions */
- while (short_head != short_tail)
- *new_tail-- = *short_head++;
-
- if (new_tail+1 != new_head)
- abort ();
-
- bcopy ((char *) new_head, (char *) ready, sizeof (rtx) * n_ready);
- if (stream)
- {
-#ifdef HAIFA
- fprintf (stream, ";;\t\t::: New ready list: ");
- debug_ready_list (ready, n_ready);
-#else
- int i;
- for (i = 0; i < n_ready; i++)
- {
- rtx insn = ready[i];
- enum rtx_code code;
-
- fprintf (stream, " %d", INSN_UID (ready[i]));
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (insn)) != 'i'
- || (code = GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn))) == USE
- || code == CLOBBER || code == ADDR_VEC)
- fputs ("(?)", stream);
-
- else if (get_attr_insn_size (insn) != INSN_SIZE_SHORT)
- fputs ("(l)", stream);
-
- else
- fputs ("(s)", stream);
- }
-
- fprintf (stream, "\n");
-#endif
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/* if we have a machine that can issue a variable # of instructions
- per cycle, indicate how many more instructions can be issued
- after the current one. */
-int
-m32r_sched_variable_issue (stream, verbose, insn, how_many)
- FILE *stream;
- int verbose;
- rtx insn;
- int how_many;
-{
- int orig_odd_word_p = m32r_sched_odd_word_p;
- int short_p = FALSE;
-
- how_many--;
- if (how_many > 0 && !TARGET_DEBUG)
- {
- if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (insn)) != 'i')
- how_many++;
-
- else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == USE
- || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER
- || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == ADDR_VEC)
- how_many++;
-
- else if (get_attr_insn_size (insn) != INSN_SIZE_SHORT)
- {
- how_many = 0;
- m32r_sched_odd_word_p = 0;
- }
-
- else
- {
- m32r_sched_odd_word_p = !m32r_sched_odd_word_p;
- short_p = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- if (verbose > 7 && stream)
- fprintf (stream,
- ";;\t\t::: %s insn %d starts on an %s word, can emit %d more instruction(s)\n",
- short_p ? "short" : "long",
- INSN_UID (insn),
- orig_odd_word_p ? "odd" : "even",
- how_many);
-
- return how_many;
-}
-
-
-/* Type of function DECL.
-
- The result is cached. To reset the cache at the end of a function,
- call with DECL = NULL_TREE. */
-
-enum m32r_function_type
-m32r_compute_function_type (decl)
- tree decl;
-{
- /* Cached value. */
- static enum m32r_function_type fn_type = M32R_FUNCTION_UNKNOWN;
- /* Last function we were called for. */
- static tree last_fn = NULL_TREE;
-
- /* Resetting the cached value? */
- if (decl == NULL_TREE)
- {
- fn_type = M32R_FUNCTION_UNKNOWN;
- last_fn = NULL_TREE;
- return fn_type;
- }
-
- if (decl == last_fn && fn_type != M32R_FUNCTION_UNKNOWN)
- return fn_type;
-
- /* Compute function type. */
- fn_type = (lookup_attribute ("interrupt", DECL_MACHINE_ATTRIBUTES (current_function_decl)) != NULL_TREE
- ? M32R_FUNCTION_INTERRUPT
- : M32R_FUNCTION_NORMAL);
-
- last_fn = decl;
- return fn_type;
-}
- /* Function prologue/epilogue handlers. */
-
-/* M32R stack frames look like:
-
- Before call After call
- +-----------------------+ +-----------------------+
- | | | |
- high | local variables, | | local variables, |
- mem | reg save area, etc. | | reg save area, etc. |
- | | | |
- +-----------------------+ +-----------------------+
- | | | |
- | arguments on stack. | | arguments on stack. |
- | | | |
- SP+0->+-----------------------+ +-----------------------+
- | reg parm save area, |
- | only created for |
- | variable argument |
- | functions |
- +-----------------------+
- | previous frame ptr |
- +-----------------------+
- | |
- | register save area |
- | |
- +-----------------------+
- | return address |
- +-----------------------+
- | |
- | local variables |
- | |
- +-----------------------+
- | |
- | alloca allocations |
- | |
- +-----------------------+
- | |
- low | arguments on stack |
- memory | |
- SP+0->+-----------------------+
-
-Notes:
-1) The "reg parm save area" does not exist for non variable argument fns.
-2) The "reg parm save area" can be eliminated completely if we saved regs
- containing anonymous args separately but that complicates things too
- much (so it's not done).
-3) The return address is saved after the register save area so as to have as
- many insns as possible between the restoration of `lr' and the `jmp lr'.
-*/
-
-/* Structure to be filled in by m32r_compute_frame_size with register
- save masks, and offsets for the current function. */
-struct m32r_frame_info
-{
- unsigned int total_size; /* # bytes that the entire frame takes up */
- unsigned int extra_size; /* # bytes of extra stuff */
- unsigned int pretend_size; /* # bytes we push and pretend caller did */
- unsigned int args_size; /* # bytes that outgoing arguments take up */
- unsigned int reg_size; /* # bytes needed to store regs */
- unsigned int var_size; /* # bytes that variables take up */
- unsigned int gmask; /* mask of saved gp registers */
- unsigned int save_fp; /* nonzero if fp must be saved */
- unsigned int save_lr; /* nonzero if lr (return addr) must be saved */
- int initialized; /* nonzero if frame size already calculated */
-};
-
-/* Current frame information calculated by m32r_compute_frame_size. */
-static struct m32r_frame_info current_frame_info;
-
-/* Zero structure to initialize current_frame_info. */
-static struct m32r_frame_info zero_frame_info;
-
-#define FRAME_POINTER_MASK (1 << (FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM))
-#define RETURN_ADDR_MASK (1 << (RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM))
-
-/* Tell prologue and epilogue if register REGNO should be saved / restored.
- The return address and frame pointer are treated separately.
- Don't consider them here. */
-#define MUST_SAVE_REGISTER(regno, interrupt_p) \
-((regno) != RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM && (regno) != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM \
- && (regs_ever_live[regno] && (!call_used_regs[regno] || interrupt_p)))
-
-#define MUST_SAVE_FRAME_POINTER (regs_ever_live[FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM])
-#define MUST_SAVE_RETURN_ADDR (regs_ever_live[RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM] || profile_flag)
-
-#define SHORT_INSN_SIZE 2 /* size of small instructions */
-#define LONG_INSN_SIZE 4 /* size of long instructions */
-
-/* Return the bytes needed to compute the frame pointer from the current
- stack pointer.
-
- SIZE is the size needed for local variables. */
-
-unsigned int
-m32r_compute_frame_size (size)
- int size; /* # of var. bytes allocated. */
-{
- int regno;
- unsigned int total_size, var_size, args_size, pretend_size, extra_size;
- unsigned int reg_size, frame_size;
- unsigned int gmask;
- enum m32r_function_type fn_type;
- int interrupt_p;
-
- var_size = M32R_STACK_ALIGN (size);
- args_size = M32R_STACK_ALIGN (current_function_outgoing_args_size);
- pretend_size = current_function_pretend_args_size;
- extra_size = FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (0);
- total_size = extra_size + pretend_size + args_size + var_size;
- reg_size = 0;
- gmask = 0;
-
- /* See if this is an interrupt handler. Call used registers must be saved
- for them too. */
- fn_type = m32r_compute_function_type (current_function_decl);
- interrupt_p = M32R_INTERRUPT_P (fn_type);
-
- /* Calculate space needed for registers. */
-
- for (regno = 0; regno < M32R_MAX_INT_REGS; regno++)
- {
- if (MUST_SAVE_REGISTER (regno, interrupt_p))
- {
- reg_size += UNITS_PER_WORD;
- gmask |= 1 << regno;
- }
- }
-
- current_frame_info.save_fp = MUST_SAVE_FRAME_POINTER;
- current_frame_info.save_lr = MUST_SAVE_RETURN_ADDR;
-
- reg_size += ((current_frame_info.save_fp + current_frame_info.save_lr)
- * UNITS_PER_WORD);
- total_size += reg_size;
-
- /* ??? Not sure this is necessary, and I don't think the epilogue
- handler will do the right thing if this changes total_size. */
- total_size = M32R_STACK_ALIGN (total_size);
-
- frame_size = total_size - (pretend_size + reg_size);
-
- /* Save computed information. */
- current_frame_info.total_size = total_size;
- current_frame_info.extra_size = extra_size;
- current_frame_info.pretend_size = pretend_size;
- current_frame_info.var_size = var_size;
- current_frame_info.args_size = args_size;
- current_frame_info.reg_size = reg_size;
- current_frame_info.gmask = gmask;
- current_frame_info.initialized = reload_completed;
-
- /* Ok, we're done. */
- return total_size;
-}
-
-/* When the `length' insn attribute is used, this macro specifies the
- value to be assigned to the address of the first insn in a
- function. If not specified, 0 is used. */
-
-int
-m32r_first_insn_address ()
-{
- if (! current_frame_info.initialized)
- m32r_compute_frame_size (get_frame_size ());
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Expand the m32r prologue as a series of insns. */
-
-void
-m32r_expand_prologue ()
-{
- int regno;
- int frame_size;
- unsigned int gmask;
-
- if (! current_frame_info.initialized)
- m32r_compute_frame_size (get_frame_size ());
-
- gmask = current_frame_info.gmask;
-
- /* These cases shouldn't happen. Catch them now. */
- if (current_frame_info.total_size == 0 && gmask)
- abort ();
-
- /* Allocate space for register arguments if this is a variadic function. */
- if (current_frame_info.pretend_size != 0)
- {
- /* Use a HOST_WIDE_INT temporary, since negating an unsigned int gives
- the wrong result on a 64-bit host. */
- HOST_WIDE_INT pretend_size = current_frame_info.pretend_size;
- emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx,
- stack_pointer_rtx,
- GEN_INT (-pretend_size)));
- }
-
- /* Save any registers we need to and set up fp. */
-
- if (current_frame_info.save_fp)
- emit_insn (gen_movsi_push (stack_pointer_rtx, frame_pointer_rtx));
-
- gmask &= ~(FRAME_POINTER_MASK | RETURN_ADDR_MASK);
-
- /* Save any needed call-saved regs (and call-used if this is an
- interrupt handler). */
- for (regno = 0; regno <= M32R_MAX_INT_REGS; ++regno)
- {
- if ((gmask & (1 << regno)) != 0)
- emit_insn (gen_movsi_push (stack_pointer_rtx,
- gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, regno)));
- }
-
- if (current_frame_info.save_lr)
- emit_insn (gen_movsi_push (stack_pointer_rtx,
- gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM)));
-
- /* Allocate the stack frame. */
- frame_size = (current_frame_info.total_size
- - (current_frame_info.pretend_size
- + current_frame_info.reg_size));
-
- if (frame_size == 0)
- ; /* nothing to do */
- else if (frame_size <= 32768)
- emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx,
- GEN_INT (-frame_size)));
- else
- {
- rtx tmp = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, PROLOGUE_TMP_REGNUM);
- emit_insn (gen_movsi (tmp, GEN_INT (frame_size)));
- emit_insn (gen_subsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx, tmp));
- }
-
- if (frame_pointer_needed)
- emit_insn (gen_movsi (frame_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx));
-
- if (profile_flag || profile_block_flag)
- emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
-}
-
-
-/* Set up the stack and frame pointer (if desired) for the function.
- Note, if this is changed, you need to mirror the changes in
- m32r_compute_frame_size which calculates the prolog size. */
-
-void
-m32r_output_function_prologue (file, size)
- FILE * file;
- int size;
-{
- enum m32r_function_type fn_type = m32r_compute_function_type (current_function_decl);
-
- /* If this is an interrupt handler, mark it as such. */
- if (M32R_INTERRUPT_P (fn_type))
- {
- fprintf (file, "\t%s interrupt handler\n",
- ASM_COMMENT_START);
- }
-
- if (! current_frame_info.initialized)
- m32r_compute_frame_size (size);
-
- /* This is only for the human reader. */
- fprintf (file,
- "\t%s PROLOGUE, vars= %d, regs= %d, args= %d, extra= %d\n",
- ASM_COMMENT_START,
- current_frame_info.var_size,
- current_frame_info.reg_size / 4,
- current_frame_info.args_size,
- current_frame_info.extra_size);
-}
-
-/* Do any necessary cleanup after a function to restore stack, frame,
- and regs. */
-
-void
-m32r_output_function_epilogue (file, size)
- FILE * file;
- int size;
-{
- int regno;
- int noepilogue = FALSE;
- int total_size;
- enum m32r_function_type fn_type = m32r_compute_function_type (current_function_decl);
-
- /* This is only for the human reader. */
- fprintf (file, "\t%s EPILOGUE\n", ASM_COMMENT_START);
-
- if (!current_frame_info.initialized)
- abort ();
- total_size = current_frame_info.total_size;
-
- if (total_size == 0)
- {
- rtx insn = get_last_insn ();
-
- /* If the last insn was a BARRIER, we don't have to write any code
- because a jump (aka return) was put there. */
- if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE)
- insn = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
- if (insn && GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
- noepilogue = TRUE;
- }
-
- if (!noepilogue)
- {
- unsigned int pretend_size = current_frame_info.pretend_size;
- unsigned int frame_size = total_size - pretend_size;
- unsigned int var_size = current_frame_info.var_size;
- unsigned int args_size = current_frame_info.args_size;
- unsigned int gmask = current_frame_info.gmask;
- int can_trust_sp_p = !current_function_calls_alloca;
- char * sp_str = reg_names[STACK_POINTER_REGNUM];
- char * fp_str = reg_names[FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM];
-
- /* The first thing to do is point the sp at the bottom of the register
- save area. */
- if (can_trust_sp_p)
- {
- unsigned int reg_offset = var_size + args_size;
- if (reg_offset == 0)
- ; /* nothing to do */
- else if (reg_offset < 128)
- fprintf (file, "\taddi %s,%s%d\n",
- sp_str, IMMEDIATE_PREFIX, reg_offset);
- else if (reg_offset < 32768)
- fprintf (file, "\tadd3 %s,%s,%s%d\n",
- sp_str, sp_str, IMMEDIATE_PREFIX, reg_offset);
- else
- fprintf (file, "\tld24 %s,%s%d\n\tadd %s,%s\n",
- reg_names[PROLOGUE_TMP_REGNUM],
- IMMEDIATE_PREFIX, reg_offset,
- sp_str, reg_names[PROLOGUE_TMP_REGNUM]);
- }
- else if (frame_pointer_needed)
- {
- unsigned int reg_offset = var_size + args_size;
- if (reg_offset == 0)
- fprintf (file, "\tmv %s,%s\n", sp_str, fp_str);
- else if (reg_offset < 32768)
- fprintf (file, "\tadd3 %s,%s,%s%d\n",
- sp_str, fp_str, IMMEDIATE_PREFIX, reg_offset);
- else
- fprintf (file, "\tld24 %s,%s%d\n\tadd %s,%s\n",
- reg_names[PROLOGUE_TMP_REGNUM],
- IMMEDIATE_PREFIX, reg_offset,
- sp_str, reg_names[PROLOGUE_TMP_REGNUM]);
- }
- else
- abort ();
-
- if (current_frame_info.save_lr)
- fprintf (file, "\tpop %s\n", reg_names[RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM]);
-
- /* Restore any saved registers, in reverse order of course. */
- gmask &= ~(FRAME_POINTER_MASK | RETURN_ADDR_MASK);
- for (regno = M32R_MAX_INT_REGS - 1; regno >= 0; --regno)
- {
- if ((gmask & (1L << regno)) != 0)
- fprintf (file, "\tpop %s\n", reg_names[regno]);
- }
-
- if (current_frame_info.save_fp)
- fprintf (file, "\tpop %s\n", fp_str);
-
- /* Remove varargs area if present. */
- if (current_frame_info.pretend_size != 0)
- fprintf (file, "\taddi %s,%s%d\n",
- sp_str, IMMEDIATE_PREFIX, current_frame_info.pretend_size);
-
- /* Emit the return instruction. */
- if (M32R_INTERRUPT_P (fn_type))
- fprintf (file, "\trte\n");
- else
- fprintf (file, "\tjmp %s\n", reg_names[RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM]);
- }
-
-#if 0 /* no longer needed */
- /* Ensure the function cleanly ends on a 32 bit boundary. */
- fprintf (file, "\t.fillinsn\n");
-#endif
-
- /* Reset state info for each function. */
- current_frame_info = zero_frame_info;
- m32r_compute_function_type (NULL_TREE);
-}
-
-/* Return non-zero if this function is known to have a null or 1 instruction
- epilogue. */
-
-int
-direct_return ()
-{
- if (!reload_completed)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (! current_frame_info.initialized)
- m32r_compute_frame_size (get_frame_size ());
-
- return current_frame_info.total_size == 0;
-}
-
-
-/* PIC */
-
-/* Emit special PIC prologues and epilogues. */
-
-void
-m32r_finalize_pic ()
-{
- /* nothing to do */
-}
-
-/* Nested function support. */
-
-/* Emit RTL insns to initialize the variable parts of a trampoline.
- FNADDR is an RTX for the address of the function's pure code.
- CXT is an RTX for the static chain value for the function. */
-
-void
-m32r_initialize_trampoline (tramp, fnaddr, cxt)
- rtx tramp, fnaddr, cxt;
-{
-}
-
-/* Set the cpu type and print out other fancy things,
- at the top of the file. */
-
-void
-m32r_asm_file_start (file)
- FILE * file;
-{
- if (flag_verbose_asm)
- fprintf (file, "%s M32R/D special options: -G %d\n",
- ASM_COMMENT_START, g_switch_value);
-}
-
-/* Print operand X (an rtx) in assembler syntax to file FILE.
- CODE is a letter or dot (`z' in `%z0') or 0 if no letter was specified.
- For `%' followed by punctuation, CODE is the punctuation and X is null. */
-
-void
-m32r_print_operand (file, x, code)
- FILE * file;
- rtx x;
- int code;
-{
- rtx addr;
-
- switch (code)
- {
- /* The 's' and 'p' codes are used by output_block_move() to
- indicate post-increment 's'tores and 'p're-increment loads. */
- case 's':
- if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
- fprintf (file, "@+%s", reg_names [REGNO (x)]);
- else
- output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand to %s code");
- return;
-
- case 'p':
- if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
- fprintf (file, "@%s+", reg_names [REGNO (x)]);
- else
- output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand to %p code");
- return;
-
- case 'R' :
- /* Write second word of DImode or DFmode reference,
- register or memory. */
- if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
- fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)+1], file);
- else if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
- {
- fprintf (file, "@(");
- /* Handle possible auto-increment. Since it is pre-increment and
- we have already done it, we can just use an offset of four. */
- /* ??? This is taken from rs6000.c I think. I don't think it is
- currently necessary, but keep it around. */
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PRE_INC
- || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PRE_DEC)
- output_address (plus_constant (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 4));
- else
- output_address (plus_constant (XEXP (x, 0), 4));
- fputc (')', file);
- }
- else
- output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand to %R code");
- return;
-
- case 'H' : /* High word */
- case 'L' : /* Low word */
- if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
- {
- /* L = least significant word, H = most significant word */
- if ((WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN != 0) ^ (code == 'L'))
- fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)], file);
- else
- fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)+1], file);
- }
- else if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT
- || GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE)
- {
- rtx first, second;
-
- split_double (x, &first, &second);
- fprintf (file, "0x%08lx",
- code == 'L' ? INTVAL (first) : INTVAL (second));
- }
- else
- output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand to %H/%L code");
- return;
-
- case 'A' :
- {
- REAL_VALUE_TYPE d;
- char str[30];
-
- if (GET_CODE (x) != CONST_DOUBLE
- || GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) != MODE_FLOAT)
- fatal_insn ("Bad insn for 'A'", x);
- REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d, x);
- REAL_VALUE_TO_DECIMAL (d, "%.20e", str);
- fprintf (file, "%s", str);
- return;
- }
-
- case 'B' : /* Bottom half */
- case 'T' : /* Top half */
- /* Output the argument to a `seth' insn (sets the Top half-word).
- For constants output arguments to a seth/or3 pair to set Top and
- Bottom halves. For symbols output arguments to a seth/add3 pair to
- set Top and Bottom halves. The difference exists because for
- constants seth/or3 is more readable but for symbols we need to use
- the same scheme as `ld' and `st' insns (16 bit addend is signed). */
- switch (GET_CODE (x))
- {
- case CONST_INT :
- case CONST_DOUBLE :
- {
- rtx first, second;
-
- split_double (x, &first, &second);
- x = WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? second : first;
- fprintf (file,
-#if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == HOST_BITS_PER_INT
- "0x%x",
-#else
- "0x%lx",
-#endif
- (code == 'B'
- ? INTVAL (x) & 0xffff
- : (INTVAL (x) >> 16) & 0xffff));
- }
- return;
- case CONST :
- case SYMBOL_REF :
- if (code == 'B'
- && small_data_operand (x, VOIDmode))
- {
- fputs ("sda(", file);
- output_addr_const (file, x);
- fputc (')', file);
- return;
- }
- /* fall through */
- case LABEL_REF :
- fputs (code == 'T' ? "shigh(" : "low(", file);
- output_addr_const (file, x);
- fputc (')', file);
- return;
- default :
- output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand to %T/%B code");
- return;
- }
- break;
-
- case 'U' :
- /* ??? wip */
- /* Output a load/store with update indicator if appropriate. */
- if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PRE_INC
- || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PRE_DEC)
- fputs (".a", file);
- }
- else
- output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand to %U code");
- return;
-
- case 'N' :
- /* Print a constant value negated. */
- if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
- output_addr_const (file, GEN_INT (- INTVAL (x)));
- else
- output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand to %N code");
- return;
-
- case 'X' :
- /* Print a const_int in hex. Used in comments. */
- if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
- fprintf (file,
-#if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == HOST_BITS_PER_INT
- "0x%x",
-#else
- "0x%lx",
-#endif
- INTVAL (x));
- return;
-
- case '#' :
- fputs (IMMEDIATE_PREFIX, file);
- return;
-
-#if 0 /* ??? no longer used */
- case '@' :
- fputs (reg_names[SDA_REGNUM], file);
- return;
-#endif
-
- case 0 :
- /* Do nothing special. */
- break;
-
- default :
- /* Unknown flag. */
- output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand output code");
- }
-
- switch (GET_CODE (x))
- {
- case REG :
- fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)], file);
- break;
-
- case MEM :
- addr = XEXP (x, 0);
- if (GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_INC)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) != REG)
- fatal_insn ("Pre-increment address is not a register", x);
-
- fprintf (file, "@+%s", reg_names[REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0))]);
- }
- else if (GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_DEC)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) != REG)
- fatal_insn ("Pre-decrement address is not a register", x);
-
- fprintf (file, "@-%s", reg_names[REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0))]);
- }
- else if (GET_CODE (addr) == POST_INC)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) != REG)
- fatal_insn ("Post-increment address is not a register", x);
-
- fprintf (file, "@%s+", reg_names[REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0))]);
- }
- else
- {
- fputs ("@(", file);
- output_address (XEXP (x, 0));
- fputc (')', file);
- }
- break;
-
- case CONST_DOUBLE :
- /* We handle SFmode constants here as output_addr_const doesn't. */
- if (GET_MODE (x) == SFmode)
- {
- REAL_VALUE_TYPE d;
- long l;
-
- REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d, x);
- REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (d, l);
- fprintf (file, "0x%08lx", l);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Fall through. Let output_addr_const deal with it. */
-
- default :
- output_addr_const (file, x);
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/* Print a memory address as an operand to reference that memory location. */
-
-void
-m32r_print_operand_address (file, addr)
- FILE * file;
- rtx addr;
-{
- register rtx base;
- register rtx index = 0;
- int offset = 0;
-
- switch (GET_CODE (addr))
- {
- case REG :
- fputs (reg_names[REGNO (addr)], file);
- break;
-
- case PLUS :
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == CONST_INT)
- offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 0)), base = XEXP (addr, 1);
- else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == CONST_INT)
- offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)), base = XEXP (addr, 0);
- else
- base = XEXP (addr, 0), index = XEXP (addr, 1);
- if (GET_CODE (base) == REG)
- {
- /* Print the offset first (if present) to conform to the manual. */
- if (index == 0)
- {
- if (offset != 0)
- fprintf (file, "%d,", offset);
- fputs (reg_names[REGNO (base)], file);
- }
- /* The chip doesn't support this, but left in for generality. */
- else if (GET_CODE (index) == REG)
- fprintf (file, "%s,%s",
- reg_names[REGNO (base)], reg_names[REGNO (index)]);
- /* Not sure this can happen, but leave in for now. */
- else if (GET_CODE (index) == SYMBOL_REF)
- {
- output_addr_const (file, index);
- fputc (',', file);
- fputs (reg_names[REGNO (base)], file);
- }
- else
- fatal_insn ("Bad address", addr);
- }
- else if (GET_CODE (base) == LO_SUM)
- {
- if (index != 0
- || GET_CODE (XEXP (base, 0)) != REG)
- abort ();
- if (small_data_operand (XEXP (base, 1), VOIDmode))
- fputs ("sda(", file);
- else
- fputs ("low(", file);
- output_addr_const (file, plus_constant (XEXP (base, 1), offset));
- fputs ("),", file);
- fputs (reg_names[REGNO (XEXP (base, 0))], file);
- }
- else
- fatal_insn ("Bad address", addr);
- break;
-
- case LO_SUM :
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) != REG)
- fatal_insn ("Lo_sum not of register", addr);
- if (small_data_operand (XEXP (addr, 1), VOIDmode))
- fputs ("sda(", file);
- else
- fputs ("low(", file);
- output_addr_const (file, XEXP (addr, 1));
- fputs ("),", file);
- fputs (reg_names[REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0))], file);
- break;
-
- case PRE_INC : /* Assume SImode */
- fprintf (file, "+%s", reg_names[REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0))]);
- break;
-
- case PRE_DEC : /* Assume SImode */
- fprintf (file, "-%s", reg_names[REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0))]);
- break;
-
- case POST_INC : /* Assume SImode */
- fprintf (file, "%s+", reg_names[REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0))]);
- break;
-
- default :
- output_addr_const (file, addr);
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/* Return true if the operands are the constants 0 and 1. */
-int
-zero_and_one (operand1, operand2)
- rtx operand1;
- rtx operand2;
-{
- return
- GET_CODE (operand1) == CONST_INT
- && GET_CODE (operand2) == CONST_INT
- && ( ((INTVAL (operand1) == 0) && (INTVAL (operand2) == 1))
- ||((INTVAL (operand1) == 1) && (INTVAL (operand2) == 0)));
-}
-
-/* Return non-zero if the operand is suitable for use in a conditional move sequence. */
-int
-conditional_move_operand (operand, int_mode)
- rtx operand;
- int int_mode;
-{
- enum machine_mode mode = (enum machine_mode)int_mode;
-
- /* Only defined for simple integers so far... */
- if (mode != SImode && mode != HImode && mode != QImode)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* At the moment we can hanndle moving registers and loading constants. */
- /* To be added: Addition/subtraction/bitops/multiplication of registers. */
-
- switch (GET_CODE (operand))
- {
- case REG:
- return 1;
-
- case CONST_INT:
- return INT8_P (INTVAL (operand));
-
- default:
-#if 0
- fprintf (stderr, "Test for cond move op of type: %s\n",
- GET_RTX_NAME (GET_CODE (operand)));
-#endif
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-/* Return true if the code is a test of the carry bit */
-int
-carry_compare_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- rtx x;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != CCmode && GET_MODE (op) != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) != NE && GET_CODE (op) != EQ)
- return FALSE;
-
- x = XEXP (op, 0);
- if (GET_CODE (x) != REG || REGNO (x) != CARRY_REGNUM)
- return FALSE;
-
- x = XEXP (op, 1);
- if (GET_CODE (x) != CONST_INT || INTVAL (x) != 0)
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Place into the buffer an assembler instruction which can be executed in the S pipe. */
-static void
-emit_S_clause (dest, source, buffer)
- rtx dest;
- rtx source;
- char * buffer;
-{
- char * dest_reg;
-
-
- dest_reg = reg_names [REGNO (dest)];
-
- switch (GET_CODE (source))
- {
- case REG:
- sprintf (buffer, "mv %s, %s", dest_reg, reg_names [REGNO (source)]);
- break;
-
- case CONST_INT:
- sprintf (buffer, "ldi %s, #%d", dest_reg, INTVAL (source));
- break;
-
- /* Todo: other S pipe instructions. */
- default:
- abort();
- }
-
- return;
-}
-
-
-/* Generate the correct assembler code to handle the conditional loading of a
- value into a register. It is known that the operands satisfy the
- conditional_move_operand() function above. The destination is operand[0].
- The condition is operand [1]. The 'true' value is operand [2] and the
- 'false' value is operand [3]. */
-char *
-emit_cond_move (operands, insn)
- rtx * operands;
- rtx insn;
-{
- static char buffer [100];
-
- buffer [0] = 0;
-
- /* Destination must be a register. */
- if (GET_CODE (operands [0]) != REG)
- abort();
- if (! conditional_move_operand (operands [2], SImode))
- abort();
- if (! conditional_move_operand (operands [3], SImode))
- abort();
-
-
- /* Check to see if the test is reversed. */
- if (GET_CODE (operands [1]) == NE)
- {
- rtx tmp = operands [2];
- operands [2] = operands [3];
- operands [3] = tmp;
- }
-
- /* Catch a special case where 0 or 1 is being loaded into the destination.
- Since we already have these values in the C bit we can use a special
- instruction. */
- if (zero_and_one (operands [2], operands [3]))
- {
- char * dest = reg_names [REGNO (operands [0])];
-
- sprintf (buffer, "mvfc %s, cbr", dest);
-
- /* If the true value was '0' then we need to invert the results of the move. */
- if (INTVAL (operands [2]) == 0)
- sprintf (buffer + strlen (buffer), "\n\txor3 %s, %s, #1",
- dest, dest);
-
- return buffer;
- }
-
-
- /* Test to see if the then clause is redundant. */
- if (GET_CODE (operands [2]) == REG
- && REGNO (operands [2]) == REGNO (operands [0]))
- /* Do not do anything for the then clause. */
- ;
- else
- {
- /* Generate the then clause. */
- sprintf (buffer, "snc || ");
- emit_S_clause (operands [0], operands [2], buffer + strlen (buffer));
- }
-
- /* Test to see if the else clause is redundant. */
- if (GET_CODE (operands [3]) == REG
- && REGNO (operands [3]) == REGNO (operands [0]))
- /* Do not do anything for the else clause. */
- ;
- else
- {
- /* Generate the else clause. */
-
- if (* buffer != 0)
- strcat (buffer, "\n\t");
-
- strcat (buffer, "sc || ");
- emit_S_clause (operands [0], operands [3], buffer + strlen (buffer));
- }
-
-
- return buffer;
-}
-
-
-/* Return true if the code is a test of the carry bit that can be used
- to start a conditional execution sequence. This function is very
- similar to carry_compare_operand() except that it allows a test
- for 'register == register' and 'register == 0' as well as the
- normal 'carry flag set'. */
-int
-conditional_compare_operand (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- rtx x;
-
- if (GET_MODE (op) != CCmode && GET_MODE (op) != VOIDmode)
- return FALSE;
-
- if ( GET_CODE (op) != NE
- && GET_CODE (op) != EQ
- && GET_CODE (op) != LE
- && GET_CODE (op) != GE
- && GET_CODE (op) != LT
- && GET_CODE (op) != GT)
- return FALSE;
-
- x = XEXP (op, 0);
- if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Allow a test of 'reg eq/ne reg' or 'Carry flag set/not set'. */
- x = XEXP (op, 1);
- if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
- {
- if (INTVAL (x) != 0)
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
- }
- else if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Return true if the binary operator can go inside of a s{n}c || operation. */
-int
-binary_parallel_operator (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- rtx op0, op1;
-
- /* Can only handle integer operations. */
- if ( GET_MODE (op) != SImode
- && GET_MODE (op) != HImode
- && GET_MODE (op) != QImode)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Can only handle simple binary operations. */
- if ( GET_CODE (op) != PLUS
- && GET_CODE (op) != MINUS
- && GET_CODE (op) != MULT
- && GET_CODE (op) != AND
- && GET_CODE (op) != IOR
- && GET_CODE (op) != XOR)
- return FALSE;
-
- op0 = XEXP (op, 0);
- op1 = XEXP (op, 1);
-
- while (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG)
- op0 = SUBREG_REG (op0);
-
- while (GET_CODE (op1) == SUBREG)
- op1 = SUBREG_REG (op1);
-
- if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Allowable opreations are entirely register based
- or the addition of a small constant to a register. */
- if (GET_CODE (op1) == REG)
- {
- return TRUE;
- }
- else if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (op) == PLUS || GET_CODE (op) == MINUS)
- return INT8_P (INTVAL (op1));
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Generate the assembler statement for the given comparison RTL.
- Returns true if the sense of the comparison is reversed. */
-static int
-generate_comparison (operand, buffer)
- rtx operand;
- char * buffer;
-{
- rtx op1 = XEXP (operand, 0);
- rtx op2 = XEXP (operand, 1);
- int reverse_sense = FALSE;
-
-
- if (GET_CODE (op1) != REG)
- abort();
-
- /* If we are testing the carry bit the comparison has already been generated.
- Since there is only one bit, the only viable tests are NE and EQ. If the
- test is NE, then we must reverse the sense of the comparision. */
- if (REGNO (op1) == CARRY_REGNUM)
- return GET_CODE (operand) == NE;
-
- /* Handle tests of a value in a register. */
- switch (GET_CODE (operand))
- {
- case NE:
- reverse_sense = TRUE;
- /* Fall through. */
- case EQ:
- if (GET_CODE (op2) == REG)
- sprintf (buffer, "cmpeq %s %s\n\t",
- reg_names [REGNO (op1)], reg_names [REGNO (op2)]);
- else if (GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (op2) == 0)
- sprintf (buffer, "cmpz %s\n\t", reg_names [REGNO (op1)]);
- else
- abort();
- break;
-
- case GE:
- reverse_sense = TRUE;
- /* Fall through. */
- case LT:
- if (GET_CODE (op2) != CONST_INT || ! INT16_P (INTVAL (op2)))
- abort();
-
- sprintf (buffer, "cmpi %s, #%d\n\t", reg_names [REGNO (op1)], INTVAL (op2));
- break;
-
- case GT:
- reverse_sense = TRUE;
- /* Fall through. */
- case LE:
- if (GET_CODE (op2) != CONST_INT || ! INT16_P (INTVAL (op2) + 1))
- abort();
-
- sprintf (buffer, "cmpi %s, #%d\n\t", reg_names [REGNO (op1)], INTVAL (op2) + 1);
- break;
-
- default:
- abort();
- }
-
- /* These generated comparisons are inverted. */
- return ! reverse_sense;
-}
-
-
-
-/* Generate the correct assembler code to handle the conditional execution of a
- simple binary operation. It is known that the operation satisfies
- binary_parallel_operand() and that the condition satifies
- conditional_compare_operand(). The operation is in operands [4] and its two
- arguments are in operands [1] and [2]. The destination of the operation is
- operands [0], which is the same as operands [1]. The condition is in
- operands [3], and if 'condition_true' is non-zero then the operation should
- be performed if the condition is true, otherwise it should be performed if
- the condition is false. */
-char *
-emit_binary_cond_exec (operands, condition_true)
- rtx * operands;
- int condition_true;
-{
- static char buffer [100];
-
- buffer [0] = 0;
-
- /* Destination and first operand must be registers. */
- if ( GET_CODE (operands [0]) != REG
- || GET_CODE (operands [1]) != REG)
- abort();
-
- /* Destination must be the same as the first opreand. */
- if (REGNO (operands [0]) != REGNO (operands [1]))
- abort();
-
- /* Generate the comparison and if necessary reverse the sense of the test. */
- if (generate_comparison (operands [3], buffer))
- condition_true = ! condition_true;
-
- /* Generate the appropriate abort of the following binary operation. */
- if (condition_true)
- strcat (buffer, "snc || ");
- else
- strcat (buffer, "sc || ");
-
- /* Generate the binary operation. */
- switch (GET_CODE (operands [4]))
- {
- case PLUS: strcat (buffer, "add "); break;
- case MINUS: strcat (buffer, "sub "); break;
- case MULT: strcat (buffer, "mul "); break;
- case AND: strcat (buffer, "and "); break;
- case IOR: strcat (buffer, "or "); break;
- case XOR: strcat (buffer, "xor "); break;
- default: abort();
- }
-
- /* Generate the arguments for the binary operation. */
- if (GET_CODE (operands [2]) == REG)
- sprintf (buffer + strlen (buffer), "%s, %s",
- reg_names [REGNO (operands [0])],
- reg_names [REGNO (operands [2])]);
- else if (GET_CODE (operands [2]) == CONST_INT)
- sprintf (buffer + strlen (buffer), "%s, %d",
- reg_names [REGNO (operands [0])],
- INTVAL (operands [2]));
- else
- abort();
-
- return buffer;
-}
-
-/* Return true if the unary operator can go inside of a s{n}c || operation. */
-int
-unary_parallel_operator (op, int_mode)
- rtx op;
- int int_mode;
-{
- /* Can only handle integer operations. */
- if ( GET_MODE (op) != SImode
- && GET_MODE (op) != HImode
- && GET_MODE (op) != QImode)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Can only handle simple unary operations. */
- if ( GET_CODE (op) != NEG
- && GET_CODE (op) != NOT)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Can only handle register based operations. */
- op = XEXP (op, 0);
- while (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
- op = SUBREG_REG (op);
-
- if (GET_CODE (op) == REG)
- return TRUE;
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Generate the correct assembler code to handle the conditional execution
- of a simple unary operation. It is known that the operation satisfies
- unary_parallel_operand() and that the condition satifies
- conditional_compare_operand(). The operation is in operands [3] and
- its argument is in operands [1]. The destination of the operation is
- operands [0]. The condition is in operands [2], and if 'condition_true' is
- non-zero then the operation should be performed if the condition is true,
- otherwise it should be performed if the condition is false. */
-char *
-emit_unary_cond_exec (operands, condition_true)
- rtx * operands;
- int condition_true;
-{
- static char buffer [100];
-
- buffer [0] = 0;
-
- /* Destination and operand must be registers. */
- if ( GET_CODE (operands [0]) != REG
- || GET_CODE (operands [1]) != REG)
- abort();
-
- /* Generate the comparison, and if necessary reverse the sense of the test. */
- if (generate_comparison (operands [2], buffer))
- condition_true = ! condition_true;
-
- /* Generate the appropriate abort of the following binary operation. */
- if (condition_true)
- strcat (buffer, "snc || ");
- else
- strcat (buffer, "sc || ");
-
- /* Generate the unary operation. */
- switch (GET_CODE (operands [3]))
- {
- case NOT: strcat (buffer, "not "); break;
- case NEG: strcat (buffer, "neg "); break;
- default: abort();
- }
-
- /* Generate the arguments for the unary operation. */
- sprintf (buffer + strlen (buffer), "%s, %s",
- reg_names [REGNO (operands [0])],
- reg_names [REGNO (operands [1])]);
-
- return buffer;
-}
-
-/* END CYGNUS LOCAL -- meissner/m32r work */
-
-/* Returns true if the registers contained in the two
- rtl expressions are different. */
-int
-m32r_not_same_reg (a, b)
- rtx a;
- rtx b;
-{
- int reg_a = -1;
- int reg_b = -2;
-
- while (GET_CODE (a) == SUBREG)
- a = SUBREG_REG (a);
-
- if (GET_CODE (a) == REG)
- reg_a = REGNO (a);
-
- while (GET_CODE (b) == SUBREG)
- b = SUBREG_REG (b);
-
- if (GET_CODE (b) == REG)
- reg_b = REGNO (b);
-
- return reg_a != reg_b;
-}
-
-
-/* Use a library function to move some bytes. */
-static void
-block_move_call (dest_reg, src_reg, bytes_rtx)
- rtx dest_reg;
- rtx src_reg;
- rtx bytes_rtx;
-{
- /* We want to pass the size as Pmode, which will normally be SImode
- but will be DImode if we are using 64 bit longs and pointers. */
- if (GET_MODE (bytes_rtx) != VOIDmode
- && GET_MODE (bytes_rtx) != Pmode)
- bytes_rtx = convert_to_mode (Pmode, bytes_rtx, 1);
-
-#ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS
- emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, "memcpy"), 0,
- VOIDmode, 3, dest_reg, Pmode, src_reg, Pmode,
- convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), bytes_rtx,
- TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)),
- TYPE_MODE (sizetype));
-#else
- emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, "bcopy"), 0,
- VOIDmode, 3, src_reg, Pmode, dest_reg, Pmode,
- convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), bytes_rtx,
- TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)),
- TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node));
-#endif
-}
-
-/* The maximum number of bytes to copy using pairs of load/store instructions.
- If a block is larger than this then a loop will be generated to copy
- MAX_MOVE_BYTES chunks at a time. The value of 32 is a semi-arbitary choice.
- A customer uses Dhrystome as their benchmark, and Dhrystone has a 31 byte
- string copy in it. */
-#define MAX_MOVE_BYTES 32
-
-/* Expand string/block move operations.
-
- operands[0] is the pointer to the destination.
- operands[1] is the pointer to the source.
- operands[2] is the number of bytes to move.
- operands[3] is the alignment. */
-
-void
-m32r_expand_block_move (operands)
- rtx operands[];
-{
- rtx orig_dst = operands[0];
- rtx orig_src = operands[1];
- rtx bytes_rtx = operands[2];
- rtx align_rtx = operands[3];
- int constp = GET_CODE (bytes_rtx) == CONST_INT;
- HOST_WIDE_INT bytes = constp ? INTVAL (bytes_rtx) : 0;
- int align = INTVAL (align_rtx);
- int leftover;
- rtx src_reg;
- rtx dst_reg;
-
- if (constp && bytes <= 0)
- return;
-
- /* Move the address into scratch registers. */
- dst_reg = copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (orig_dst, 0));
- src_reg = copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (orig_src, 0));
-
- if (align > UNITS_PER_WORD)
- align = UNITS_PER_WORD;
-
- /* If we prefer size over speed, always use a function call.
- If we do not know the size, use a function call.
- If the blocks are not word aligned, use a function call. */
- if (optimize_size || ! constp || align != UNITS_PER_WORD)
- {
- block_move_call (dst_reg, src_reg, bytes_rtx);
- return;
- }
-
- leftover = bytes % MAX_MOVE_BYTES;
- bytes -= leftover;
-
- /* If necessary, generate a loop to handle the bulk of the copy. */
- if (bytes)
- {
- rtx label;
- rtx final_src;
- rtx at_a_time = GEN_INT (MAX_MOVE_BYTES);
- rtx rounded_total = GEN_INT (bytes);
-
- /* If we are going to have to perform this loop more than
- once, then generate a label and compute the address the
- source register will contain upon completion of the final
- itteration. */
- if (bytes > MAX_MOVE_BYTES)
- {
- final_src = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
-
- if (INT16_P(bytes))
- emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (final_src, src_reg, rounded_total));
- else
- {
- emit_insn (gen_movsi (final_src, rounded_total));
- emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (final_src, final_src, src_reg));
- }
-
- label = gen_label_rtx ();
- emit_label (label);
- }
-
- /* It is known that output_block_move() will update src_reg to point
- to the word after the end of the source block, and dst_reg to point
- to the last word of the destination block, provided that the block
- is MAX_MOVE_BYTES long. */
- emit_insn (gen_movstrsi_internal (dst_reg, src_reg, at_a_time));
- emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (dst_reg, dst_reg, GEN_INT (4)));
-
- if (bytes > MAX_MOVE_BYTES)
- {
- emit_insn (gen_cmpsi (src_reg, final_src));
- emit_jump_insn (gen_bne (label));
- }
- }
-
- if (leftover)
- emit_insn (gen_movstrsi_internal (dst_reg, src_reg, GEN_INT (leftover)));
-}
-
-
-/* Emit load/stores for a small constant word aligned block_move.
-
- operands[0] is the memory address of the destination.
- operands[1] is the memory address of the source.
- operands[2] is the number of bytes to move.
- operands[3] is a temp register.
- operands[4] is a temp register. */
-
-char *
-m32r_output_block_move (insn, operands)
- rtx insn;
- rtx operands[];
-{
- HOST_WIDE_INT bytes = INTVAL (operands[2]);
- int first_time;
- int got_extra = 0;
-
- if (bytes < 1 || bytes > MAX_MOVE_BYTES)
- abort ();
-
- /* We do not have a post-increment store available, so the first set of
- stores are done without any increment, then the remaining ones can use
- the pre-increment addressing mode.
-
- Note: expand_block_move() also relies upon this behaviour when building
- loops to copy large blocks. */
- first_time = 1;
-
- while (bytes > 0)
- {
- if (bytes >= 8)
- {
- if (first_time)
- {
- output_asm_insn ("ld\t%3, %p1", operands);
- output_asm_insn ("ld\t%4, %p1", operands);
- output_asm_insn ("st\t%3, @%0", operands);
- output_asm_insn ("st\t%4, %s0", operands);
- }
- else
- {
- output_asm_insn ("ld\t%3, %p1", operands);
- output_asm_insn ("ld\t%4, %p1", operands);
- output_asm_insn ("st\t%3, %s0", operands);
- output_asm_insn ("st\t%4, %s0", operands);
- }
-
- bytes -= 8;
- }
- else if (bytes >= 4)
- {
- if (bytes > 4)
- got_extra = 1;
-
- output_asm_insn ("ld\t%3, %p1", operands);
-
- if (got_extra)
- output_asm_insn ("ld\t%4, %p1", operands);
-
- if (first_time)
- output_asm_insn ("st\t%3, @%0", operands);
- else
- output_asm_insn ("st\t%3, %s0", operands);
-
- bytes -= 4;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Get the entire next word, even though we do not want all of it.
- The saves us from doing several smaller loads, and we assume that
- we cannot cause a page fault when at least part of the word is in
- valid memory [since we don't get called if things aren't properly
- aligned]. */
- int dst_offset = first_time ? 0 : 4;
- int last_shift;
- rtx my_operands[3];
-
- /* If got_extra is true then we have already loaded
- the next word as part of loading and storing the previous word. */
- if (! got_extra)
- output_asm_insn ("ld\t%4, @%1", operands);
-
- if (bytes >= 2)
- {
- bytes -= 2;
-
- output_asm_insn ("sra3\t%3, %4, #16", operands);
- my_operands[0] = operands[3];
- my_operands[1] = GEN_INT (dst_offset);
- my_operands[2] = operands[0];
- output_asm_insn ("sth\t%0, @(%1,%2)", my_operands);
-
- /* If there is a byte left to store then increment the
- destination address and shift the contents of the source
- register down by 8 bits. We could not do the address
- increment in the store half word instruction, because it does
- not have an auto increment mode. */
- if (bytes > 0) /* assert (bytes == 1) */
- {
- dst_offset += 2;
- last_shift = 8;
- }
- }
- else
- last_shift = 24;
-
- if (bytes > 0)
- {
- my_operands[0] = operands[4];
- my_operands[1] = GEN_INT (last_shift);
- output_asm_insn ("srai\t%0, #%1", my_operands);
- my_operands[0] = operands[4];
- my_operands[1] = GEN_INT (dst_offset);
- my_operands[2] = operands[0];
- output_asm_insn ("stb\t%0, @(%1,%2)", my_operands);
- }
-
- bytes = 0;
- }
-
- first_time = 0;
- }
-
- return "";
-}
-
-/* Return true if op is an integer constant, less than or equal to
- MAX_MOVE_BYTES. */
-int
-m32r_block_immediate_operand (op, mode)
- rtx op;
- int mode;
-{
- if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT
- || INTVAL (op) > MAX_MOVE_BYTES
- || INTVAL (op) <= 0)
- return 0;
-
- return 1;
-}
-
diff --git a/gcc/config/m32r/m32r.h b/gcc/config/m32r/m32r.h
deleted file mode 100755
index d6e5f4c..0000000
--- a/gcc/config/m32r/m32r.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2408 +0,0 @@
-/* CYGNUS LOCAL -- meissner/m32r work */
-/* Definitions of target machine for GNU compiler, Mitsubishi M32R cpu.
- Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of GNU CC.
-
-GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-/* ??? Create elf.h and have svr4.h include it. */
-#include "svr4.h"
-
-#undef SWITCH_TAKES_ARG
-#undef WORD_SWITCH_TAKES_ARG
-#undef HANDLE_SYSV_PRAGMA
-#undef SIZE_TYPE
-#undef PTRDIFF_TYPE
-#undef WCHAR_TYPE
-#undef WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE
-#undef ASM_FILE_START
-#undef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL_LIBCALL
-#undef TARGET_VERSION
-#undef CPP_SPEC
-#undef ASM_SPEC
-#undef LINK_SPEC
-#undef STARTFILE_SPEC
-#undef ENDFILE_SPEC
-#undef SUBTARGET_SWITCHES
-
-/* M32R/X overrides */
-/* Print subsidiary information on the compiler version in use. */
-#define TARGET_VERSION fprintf (stderr, " (m32r/x)");
-
-/* Additional flags for the preprocessor. */
-#define CPP_CPU_SPEC "%{m32rx:-D__M32RX__} %{m32r:-U__M32RX__}"
-
-/* Assembler switches */
-#define ASM_CPU_SPEC \
-"%{m32r} %{m32rx} %{!O0: %{O*: -O}} --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts"
-
-/* Use m32rx specific crt0/crtinit/crtfini files */
-#define STARTFILE_CPU_SPEC "%{!shared:crt0.o%s} %{m32rx:m32rx/crtinit.o%s} %{!m32rx:crtinit.o%s}"
-#define ENDFILE_CPU_SPEC "-lgloss %{m32rx:m32rx/crtfini.o%s} %{!m32rx:crtfini.o%s}"
-
-/* Extra machine dependent switches */
-#define SUBTARGET_SWITCHES \
- { "32rx", TARGET_M32RX_MASK, "Compile for the m32rx" }, \
- { "32r", -TARGET_M32RX_MASK, "" },
-
-/* A C expression for the maximum number of instructions to execute via
- conditional execution instructions instead of a branch. A value of
- BRANCH_COST+1 is the default if the machine does not use cc0, and 1 if it
- does use cc0. */
-#define MAX_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTE m32rx_cond_exec
-
-extern char * m32rx_cond_exec_string;
-extern int m32rx_cond_exec;
-
-/* m32rx specific switches that take values */
-#define SUBTARGET_OPTIONS ,{ "cond-exec=", & m32rx_cond_exec_string, \
- "Maximum number of conditionally executed instructions" }
-
-/* Define this macro as a C expression for the initializer of an array of
- strings to tell the driver program which options are defaults for this
- target and thus do not need to be handled specially when using
- `MULTILIB_OPTIONS'. */
-#define SUBTARGET_MULTILIB_DEFAULTS , "m32r"
-
-/* Number of additional registers the subtarget defines. */
-#define SUBTARGET_NUM_REGISTERS 1
-
-/* 1 for registers that cannot be allocated. */
-#define SUBTARGET_FIXED_REGISTERS , 1
-
-/* 1 for registers that are not available across function calls */
-#define SUBTARGET_CALL_USED_REGISTERS , 1
-
-/* Order to allocate model specific registers */
-#define SUBTARGET_REG_ALLOC_ORDER , 19
-
-/* Registers which are accumulators */
-#define SUBTARGET_REG_CLASS_ACCUM 0x80000
-
-/* All registers added */
-#define SUBTARGET_REG_CLASS_ALL SUBTARGET_REG_CLASS_ACCUM
-
-/* Additional accumulator registers */
-#define SUBTARGET_ACCUM_P(REGNO) ((REGNO) == 19)
-
-/* Define additional register names */
-#define SUBTARGET_REGISTER_NAMES , "a1"
-/* end M32R/X overrides */
-
-
-/* Print subsidiary information on the compiler version in use. */
-#ifndef TARGET_VERSION
-#define TARGET_VERSION fprintf (stderr, " (m32r)")
-#endif
-
-/* Switch Recognition by gcc.c. Add -G xx support */
-
-#define SWITCH_TAKES_ARG(CHAR) \
-(DEFAULT_SWITCH_TAKES_ARG (CHAR) || (CHAR) == 'G')
-
-/* Names to predefine in the preprocessor for this target machine. */
-/* __M32R__ is defined by the existing compiler so we use that. */
-#define CPP_PREDEFINES "-Acpu(m32r) -Amachine(m32r) -D__M32R__"
-
-/* This macro defines names of additional specifications to put in the specs
- that can be used in various specifications like CC1_SPEC. Its definition
- is an initializer with a subgrouping for each command option.
-
- Each subgrouping contains a string constant, that defines the
- specification name, and a string constant that used by the GNU CC driver
- program.
-
- Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything. */
-
-#ifndef SUBTARGET_EXTRA_SPECS
-#define SUBTARGET_EXTRA_SPECS
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ASM_CPU_SPEC
-#define ASM_CPU_SPEC ""
-#endif
-
-#ifndef CPP_CPU_SPEC
-#define CPP_CPU_SPEC ""
-#endif
-
-#ifndef CC1_CPU_SPEC
-#define CC1_CPU_SPEC ""
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LINK_CPU_SPEC
-#define LINK_CPU_SPEC ""
-#endif
-
-#ifndef STARTFILE_CPU_SPEC
-#define STARTFILE_CPU_SPEC "%{!shared:crt0.o%s} crtinit.o%s"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ENDFILE_CPU_SPEC
-#define ENDFILE_CPU_SPEC "-lgloss crtfini.o%s"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef RELAX_SPEC
-#if 0 /* not supported yet */
-#define RELAX_SPEC "%{mrelax:-relax}"
-#else
-#define RELAX_SPEC ""
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#define EXTRA_SPECS \
- { "asm_cpu", ASM_CPU_SPEC }, \
- { "cpp_cpu", CPP_CPU_SPEC }, \
- { "cc1_cpu", CC1_CPU_SPEC }, \
- { "link_cpu", LINK_CPU_SPEC }, \
- { "startfile_cpu", STARTFILE_CPU_SPEC }, \
- { "endfile_cpu", ENDFILE_CPU_SPEC }, \
- { "relax", RELAX_SPEC }, \
- SUBTARGET_EXTRA_SPECS
-
-#define CC1_SPEC "%{G*} %(cc1_cpu)"
-
-/* Options to pass on to the assembler. */
-#define ASM_SPEC "%{v} %(asm_cpu) %(relax)"
-#undef ASM_FINAL_SPEC
-
-#define LINK_SPEC "%{v} %(link_cpu) %(relax)"
-
-#define STARTFILE_SPEC "%(startfile_cpu)"
-#define ENDFILE_SPEC "%(endfile_cpu)"
-
-#undef LIB_SPEC
-
-/* Run-time compilation parameters selecting different hardware subsets. */
-
-extern int target_flags;
-
-/* If non-zero, tell the linker to do relaxing.
- We don't do anything with the option, other than recognize it.
- LINK_SPEC handles passing -relax to the linker.
- This can cause incorrect debugging information as line numbers may
- turn out wrong. This shouldn't be specified unless accompanied with -O2
- [where the user expects debugging information to be less accurate]. */
-#define TARGET_RELAX_MASK 1
-
-/* For miscellaneous debugging purposes. */
-#define TARGET_DEBUG_MASK (1 << 1)
-#define TARGET_DEBUG (target_flags & TARGET_DEBUG_MASK)
-
-/* Align loops to 32 byte boundaries (cache line size). */
-/* ??? This option is experimental and is not documented. */
-#define TARGET_ALIGN_LOOPS_MASK (1 << 2)
-#define TARGET_ALIGN_LOOPS (target_flags & TARGET_ALIGN_LOOPS_MASK)
-
-/* Change issue rate */
-#define TARGET_ISSUE_RATE_MASK (1 << 3)
-#define TARGET_ISSUE_RATE (target_flags & TARGET_ISSUE_RATE_MASK)
-
-/* Target machine to compile for. */
-#define TARGET_M32R 1
-
-/* Support extended instruction set. */
-#define TARGET_M32RX_MASK (1 << 4)
-#define TARGET_M32RX (target_flags & TARGET_M32RX_MASK)
-#undef TARGET_M32R
-#define TARGET_M32R (! TARGET_M32RX)
-
-/* Change branch cost */
-#define TARGET_BRANCH_COST_MASK (1 << 5)
-#define TARGET_BRANCH_COST (target_flags & TARGET_BRANCH_COST_MASK)
-
-/* Macro to define tables used to set the flags.
- This is a list in braces of pairs in braces,
- each pair being { "NAME", VALUE }
- where VALUE is the bits to set or minus the bits to clear.
- An empty string NAME is used to identify the default VALUE. */
-
-#ifndef SUBTARGET_SWITCHES
-#define SUBTARGET_SWITCHES
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TARGET_DEFAULT
-#define TARGET_DEFAULT 0
-#endif
-
-#define TARGET_SWITCHES \
-{ \
-/* { "relax", TARGET_RELAX_MASK }, \
- { "no-relax", -TARGET_RELAX_MASK },*/ \
- { "debug", TARGET_DEBUG_MASK, \
- "Display compile time statistics" }, \
- { "align-loops", TARGET_ALIGN_LOOPS_MASK, \
- "Align all loops to 32 byte boundary" }, \
- { "no-align-loops", -TARGET_ALIGN_LOOPS_MASK, "" }, \
- { "issue-rate=1", TARGET_ISSUE_RATE_MASK, \
- "Only issue one instruction per cycle" }, \
- { "issue-rate=2", -TARGET_ISSUE_RATE_MASK, "" }, \
- { "branch-cost=1", TARGET_BRANCH_COST_MASK, \
- "Prefer branches over conditional execution" }, \
- { "branch-cost=2", -TARGET_BRANCH_COST_MASK, "" }, \
- SUBTARGET_SWITCHES \
- { "", TARGET_DEFAULT } \
-}
-
-extern char * m32r_model_string;
-extern char * m32r_sdata_string;
-
-#define TARGET_OPTIONS \
-{ \
- { "model=", & m32r_model_string, "Code size: small, medium or large" },\
- { "sdata=", & m32r_sdata_string, "Small data area: none, sdata, use" } \
- SUBTARGET_OPTIONS \
-}
-
-/* Code Models
-
- Code models are used to select between two choices of two separate
- possibilities (address space size, call insn to use):
-
- small: addresses use 24 bits, use bl to make calls
- medium: addresses use 32 bits, use bl to make calls (*1)
- large: addresses use 32 bits, use seth/add3/jl to make calls (*2)
-
- The fourth is "addresses use 24 bits, use seth/add3/jl to make calls" but
- using this one doesn't make much sense.
-
- (*1) The linker may eventually be able to relax seth/add3 -> ld24.
- (*2) The linker may eventually be able to relax seth/add3/jl -> bl.
-
- Internally these are recorded as TARGET_ADDR{24,32} and
- TARGET_CALL{26,32}.
-
- The __model__ attribute can be used to select the code model to use when
- accessing particular objects. */
-
-enum m32r_model
-{
- M32R_MODEL_SMALL,
- M32R_MODEL_MEDIUM,
- M32R_MODEL_LARGE
-};
-
-extern enum m32r_model m32r_model;
-#define TARGET_MODEL_SMALL (m32r_model == M32R_MODEL_SMALL)
-#define TARGET_MODEL_MEDIUM (m32r_model == M32R_MODEL_MEDIUM)
-#define TARGET_MODEL_LARGE (m32r_model == M32R_MODEL_LARGE)
-#define TARGET_ADDR24 (m32r_model == M32R_MODEL_SMALL)
-#define TARGET_ADDR32 (! TARGET_ADDR24)
-#define TARGET_CALL26 (! TARGET_CALL32)
-#define TARGET_CALL32 (m32r_model == M32R_MODEL_LARGE)
-
-/* The default is the small model. */
-#ifndef M32R_MODEL_DEFAULT
-#define M32R_MODEL_DEFAULT "small"
-#endif
-
-/* Small Data Area
-
- The SDA consists of sections .sdata, .sbss, and .scommon.
- .scommon isn't a real section, symbols in it have their section index
- set to SHN_M32R_SCOMMON, though support for it exists in the linker script.
-
- Two switches control the SDA:
-
- -G NNN - specifies the maximum size of variable to go in the SDA
-
- -msdata=foo - specifies how such variables are handled
-
- -msdata=none - small data area is disabled
-
- -msdata=sdata - small data goes in the SDA, special code isn't
- generated to use it, and special relocs aren't
- generated
-
- -msdata=use - small data goes in the SDA, special code is generated
- to use the SDA and special relocs are generated
-
- The SDA is not multilib'd, it isn't necessary.
- MULTILIB_EXTRA_OPTS is set in tmake_file to -msdata=sdata so multilib'd
- libraries have small data in .sdata/SHN_M32R_SCOMMON so programs that use
- -msdata=use will successfully link with them (references in header files
- will cause the compiler to emit code that refers to library objects in
- .data). ??? There can be a problem if the user passes a -G value greater
- than the default and a library object in a header file is that size.
- The default is 8 so this should be rare - if it occurs the user
- is required to rebuild the libraries or use a smaller value for -G.
-*/
-
-/* Maximum size of variables that go in .sdata/.sbss.
- The -msdata=foo switch also controls how small variables are handled. */
-#ifndef SDATA_DEFAULT_SIZE
-#define SDATA_DEFAULT_SIZE 8
-#endif
-
-extern int g_switch_value; /* value of the -G xx switch */
-extern int g_switch_set; /* whether -G xx was passed. */
-
-enum m32r_sdata
-{
- M32R_SDATA_NONE,
- M32R_SDATA_SDATA,
- M32R_SDATA_USE
-};
-
-extern enum m32r_sdata m32r_sdata;
-#define TARGET_SDATA_NONE (m32r_sdata == M32R_SDATA_NONE)
-#define TARGET_SDATA_SDATA (m32r_sdata == M32R_SDATA_SDATA)
-#define TARGET_SDATA_USE (m32r_sdata == M32R_SDATA_USE)
-
-/* Default is to disable the SDA
- [for upward compatibility with previous toolchains]. */
-#ifndef M32R_SDATA_DEFAULT
-#define M32R_SDATA_DEFAULT "none"
-#endif
-
-/* Define this macro as a C expression for the initializer of an array of
- strings to tell the driver program which options are defaults for this
- target and thus do not need to be handled specially when using
- `MULTILIB_OPTIONS'. */
-#ifndef SUBTARGET_MULTILIB_DEFAULTS
-#define SUBTARGET_MULTILIB_DEFAULTS
-#endif
-
-#ifndef MULTILIB_DEFAULTS
-#define MULTILIB_DEFAULTS { "mmodel=small" SUBTARGET_MULTILIB_DEFAULTS }
-#endif
-
-/* Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make
- sense on a particular target machine. You can define a macro
- `OVERRIDE_OPTIONS' to take account of this. This macro, if
- defined, is executed once just after all the command options have
- been parsed.
-
- Don't use this macro to turn on various extra optimizations for
- `-O'. That is what `OPTIMIZATION_OPTIONS' is for. */
-
-#ifndef SUBTARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS
-#define SUBTARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS
-#endif
-
-#define OVERRIDE_OPTIONS \
-do { \
- /* These need to be done at start up. \
- It's convenient to do them here. */ \
- m32r_init (); \
- SUBTARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS \
-} while (0)
-
-/* Some machines may desire to change what optimizations are
- performed for various optimization levels. This macro, if
- defined, is executed once just after the optimization level is
- determined and before the remainder of the command options have
- been parsed. Values set in this macro are used as the default
- values for the other command line options.
-
- LEVEL is the optimization level specified; 2 if `-O2' is
- specified, 1 if `-O' is specified, and 0 if neither is specified.
-
- SIZE is non-zero if `-Os' is specified and zero otherwise.
-
- You should not use this macro to change options that are not
- machine-specific. These should uniformly selected by the same
- optimization level on all supported machines. Use this macro to
- enable machbine-specific optimizations.
-
- *Do not examine `write_symbols' in this macro!* The debugging
- options are not supposed to alter the generated code. */
-#ifndef SUBTARGET_OPTIMIZATION_OPTIONS
-#define SUBTARGET_OPTIMIZATION_OPTIONS
-#endif
-
-#define OPTIMIZATION_OPTIONS(LEVEL, SIZE) \
-do { \
- if (LEVEL == 1) \
- flag_regmove = TRUE; \
- \
- if (SIZE) \
- { \
- flag_omit_frame_pointer = TRUE; \
- flag_strength_reduce = FALSE; \
- } \
- \
- SUBTARGET_OPTIMIZATION_OPTIONS \
-} while (0)
-
-/* Define this macro if debugging can be performed even without a frame
- pointer. If this macro is defined, GNU CC will turn on the
- `-fomit-frame-pointer' option whenever `-O' is specified. This is disabled
- because the debugger cannot find the start of a function when optimization
- is specified. */
-/* #define CAN_DEBUG_WITHOUT_FP */
-
-
-/* Target machine storage layout. */
-
-/* Define to use software floating point emulator for REAL_ARITHMETIC and
- decimal <-> binary conversion. */
-#define REAL_ARITHMETIC
-
-/* Define this if most significant bit is lowest numbered
- in instructions that operate on numbered bit-fields. */
-#define BITS_BIG_ENDIAN 1
-
-/* Define this if most significant byte of a word is the lowest numbered. */
-#define BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN 1
-
-/* Define this if most significant word of a multiword number is the lowest
- numbered. */
-#define WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN 1
-
-/* Define this macro if WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN is not constant. This must
- be a constant value with the same meaning as WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN,
- which will be used only when compiling libgcc2.c. Typically the
- value will be set based on preprocessor defines. */
-/*#define LIBGCC2_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN 1*/
-
-/* Number of bits in an addressable storage unit. */
-#define BITS_PER_UNIT 8
-
-/* Width in bits of a "word", which is the contents of a machine register.
- Note that this is not necessarily the width of data type `int';
- if using 16-bit ints on a 68000, this would still be 32.
- But on a machine with 16-bit registers, this would be 16. */
-#define BITS_PER_WORD 32
-
-/* Width of a word, in units (bytes). */
-#define UNITS_PER_WORD 4
-
-/* Define this macro if it is advisable to hold scalars in registers
- in a wider mode than that declared by the program. In such cases,
- the value is constrained to be within the bounds of the declared
- type, but kept valid in the wider mode. The signedness of the
- extension may differ from that of the type. */
-#define PROMOTE_MODE(MODE,UNSIGNEDP,TYPE) \
-if (GET_MODE_CLASS (MODE) == MODE_INT \
- && GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE) < UNITS_PER_WORD) \
-{ \
- (MODE) = SImode; \
-}
-
-/* Define this macro if the promotion described by `PROMOTE_MODE'
- should also be done for outgoing function arguments. */
-/*#define PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS*/
-
-/* Likewise, if the function return value is promoted.
- If defined, FUNCTION_VALUE must perform the same promotions done by
- PROMOTE_MODE. */
-/*#define PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN*/
-
-/* Width in bits of a pointer.
- See also the macro `Pmode' defined below. */
-#define POINTER_SIZE 32
-
-/* Allocation boundary (in *bits*) for storing arguments in argument list. */
-#define PARM_BOUNDARY 32
-
-/* Boundary (in *bits*) on which stack pointer should be aligned. */
-#define STACK_BOUNDARY 32
-
-/* ALIGN FRAMES on word boundaries */
-#define M32R_STACK_ALIGN(LOC) (((LOC)+3) & ~3)
-
-/* Allocation boundary (in *bits*) for the code of a function. */
-#define FUNCTION_BOUNDARY 32
-
-/* Alignment of field after `int : 0' in a structure. */
-#define EMPTY_FIELD_BOUNDARY 32
-
-/* Every structure's size must be a multiple of this. */
-#define STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY 8
-
-/* A bitfield declared as `int' forces `int' alignment for the struct. */
-#define PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS 1
-
-/* No data type wants to be aligned rounder than this. */
-#define BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT 32
-
-/* The best alignment to use in cases where we have a choice. */
-#define FASTEST_ALIGNMENT 32
-
-/* Make strings word-aligned so strcpy from constants will be faster. */
-#define CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT(EXP, ALIGN) \
- ((TREE_CODE (EXP) == STRING_CST \
- && (ALIGN) < FASTEST_ALIGNMENT) \
- ? FASTEST_ALIGNMENT : (ALIGN))
-
-/* Make arrays of chars word-aligned for the same reasons. */
-#define DATA_ALIGNMENT(TYPE, ALIGN) \
- (TREE_CODE (TYPE) == ARRAY_TYPE \
- && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE)) == QImode \
- && (ALIGN) < FASTEST_ALIGNMENT ? FASTEST_ALIGNMENT : (ALIGN))
-
-/* Set this nonzero if move instructions will actually fail to work
- when given unaligned data. */
-#define STRICT_ALIGNMENT 1
-
-/* Layout of source language data types. */
-
-#define SHORT_TYPE_SIZE 16
-#define INT_TYPE_SIZE 32
-#define LONG_TYPE_SIZE 32
-#define LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE 64
-#define FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE 32
-#define DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE 64
-#define LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE 64
-
-/* Define this as 1 if `char' should by default be signed; else as 0. */
-#define DEFAULT_SIGNED_CHAR 1
-
-#define SIZE_TYPE "long unsigned int"
-#define PTRDIFF_TYPE "long int"
-#define WCHAR_TYPE "short unsigned int"
-#define WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE 16
-
-/* Define results of standard character escape sequences. */
-#define TARGET_BELL 007
-#define TARGET_BS 010
-#define TARGET_TAB 011
-#define TARGET_NEWLINE 012
-#define TARGET_VT 013
-#define TARGET_FF 014
-#define TARGET_CR 015
-
-/* Standard register usage. */
-
-/* Number of actual hardware registers.
- The hardware registers are assigned numbers for the compiler
- from 0 to just below FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER.
- All registers that the compiler knows about must be given numbers,
- even those that are not normally considered general registers. */
-
-#define M32R_NUM_REGISTERS 19
-
-#ifndef SUBTARGET_NUM_REGISTERS
-#define SUBTARGET_NUM_REGISTERS 0
-#endif
-
-#define FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER (M32R_NUM_REGISTERS + SUBTARGET_NUM_REGISTERS)
-
-/* 1 for registers that have pervasive standard uses
- and are not available for the register allocator.
-
- 0-3 - arguments/results
- 4-5 - call used [4 is used as a tmp during prologue/epilogue generation]
- 6 - call used, gptmp
- 7 - call used, static chain pointer
- 8-11 - call saved
- 12 - call saved [reserved for global pointer]
- 13 - frame pointer
- 14 - subroutine link register
- 15 - stack pointer
- 16 - arg pointer
- 17 - carry flag
- 18 - accumulator
- 19 - accumulator 1 in the m32r/x
-
- By default, the extension registers are not available. */
-
-#ifndef SUBTARGET_FIXED_REGISTERS
-#define SUBTARGET_FIXED_REGISTERS
-#endif
-
-#define FIXED_REGISTERS \
-{ \
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, \
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, \
- 1, 1, 1 \
- SUBTARGET_FIXED_REGISTERS \
-}
-
-/* 1 for registers not available across function calls.
- These must include the FIXED_REGISTERS and also any
- registers that can be used without being saved.
- The latter must include the registers where values are returned
- and the register where structure-value addresses are passed.
- Aside from that, you can include as many other registers as you like. */
-
-#ifndef SUBTARGET_CALL_USED_REGISTERS
-#define SUBTARGET_CALL_USED_REGISTERS
-#endif
-
-#define CALL_USED_REGISTERS \
-{ \
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, \
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, \
- 1, 1, 1 \
- SUBTARGET_CALL_USED_REGISTERS \
-}
-
-/* Zero or more C statements that may conditionally modify two variables
- `fixed_regs' and `call_used_regs' (both of type `char []') after they
- have been initialized from the two preceding macros.
-
- This is necessary in case the fixed or call-clobbered registers depend
- on target flags.
-
- You need not define this macro if it has no work to do. */
-
-#ifdef SUBTARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE
-#define CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE SUBTARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE
-#endif
-
-/* If defined, an initializer for a vector of integers, containing the
- numbers of hard registers in the order in which GNU CC should
- prefer to use them (from most preferred to least). */
-
-#ifndef SUBTARGET_REG_ALLOC_ORDER
-#define SUBTARGET_REG_ALLOC_ORDER
-#endif
-
-#if 1 /* better for int code */
-#define REG_ALLOC_ORDER \
-{ \
- 4, 5, 6, 7, 2, 3, 8, 9, 10, \
- 11, 12, 13, 14, 0, 1, 15, 16, 17, 18 \
- SUBTARGET_REG_ALLOC_ORDER \
-}
-
-#else /* better for fp code at expense of int code */
-#define REG_ALLOC_ORDER \
-{ \
- 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, \
- 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 \
- SUBTARGET_REG_ALLOC_ORDER \
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Return number of consecutive hard regs needed starting at reg REGNO
- to hold something of mode MODE.
- This is ordinarily the length in words of a value of mode MODE
- but can be less for certain modes in special long registers. */
-#define HARD_REGNO_NREGS(REGNO, MODE) \
-((GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD)
-
-/* Value is 1 if hard register REGNO can hold a value of machine-mode MODE. */
-extern unsigned int m32r_hard_regno_mode_ok[];
-extern unsigned int m32r_mode_class[];
-#define HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK(REGNO, MODE) \
-((m32r_hard_regno_mode_ok[REGNO] & m32r_mode_class[MODE]) != 0)
-
-/* A C expression that is nonzero if it is desirable to choose
- register allocation so as to avoid move instructions between a
- value of mode MODE1 and a value of mode MODE2.
-
- If `HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (R, MODE1)' and `HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (R,
- MODE2)' are ever different for any R, then `MODES_TIEABLE_P (MODE1,
- MODE2)' must be zero. */
-
-/* Tie QI/HI/SI modes together. */
-#define MODES_TIEABLE_P(MODE1, MODE2) \
-(GET_MODE_CLASS (MODE1) == MODE_INT \
- && GET_MODE_CLASS (MODE2) == MODE_INT \
- && GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE1) <= UNITS_PER_WORD \
- && GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE2) <= UNITS_PER_WORD)
-
-/* Register classes and constants. */
-
-/* Define the classes of registers for register constraints in the
- machine description. Also define ranges of constants.
-
- One of the classes must always be named ALL_REGS and include all hard regs.
- If there is more than one class, another class must be named NO_REGS
- and contain no registers.
-
- The name GENERAL_REGS must be the name of a class (or an alias for
- another name such as ALL_REGS). This is the class of registers
- that is allowed by "g" or "r" in a register constraint.
- Also, registers outside this class are allocated only when
- instructions express preferences for them.
-
- The classes must be numbered in nondecreasing order; that is,
- a larger-numbered class must never be contained completely
- in a smaller-numbered class.
-
- For any two classes, it is very desirable that there be another
- class that represents their union.
-
- It is important that any condition codes have class NO_REGS.
- See `register_operand'. */
-
-enum reg_class
-{
- NO_REGS,
- CARRY_REG,
- ACCUM_REGS,
- GENERAL_REGS,
- ALL_REGS,
- LIM_REG_CLASSES
-};
-
-#define N_REG_CLASSES ((int) LIM_REG_CLASSES)
-
-/* Give names of register classes as strings for dump file. */
-#define REG_CLASS_NAMES \
-{ \
- "NO_REGS", \
- "CARRY_REG", \
- "ACCUM_REGS", \
- "GENERAL_REGS", \
- "ALL_REGS" \
-}
-
-/* Define which registers fit in which classes.
- This is an initializer for a vector of HARD_REG_SET
- of length N_REG_CLASSES. */
-
-#ifndef SUBTARGET_REG_CLASS_CARRY
-#define SUBTARGET_REG_CLASS_CARRY 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SUBTARGET_REG_CLASS_ACCUM
-#define SUBTARGET_REG_CLASS_ACCUM 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SUBTARGET_REG_CLASS_GENERAL
-#define SUBTARGET_REG_CLASS_GENERAL 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SUBTARGET_REG_CLASS_ALL
-#define SUBTARGET_REG_CLASS_ALL 0
-#endif
-
-#define REG_CLASS_CONTENTS \
-{ \
- { 0x00000 }, \
- { 0x20000 | SUBTARGET_REG_CLASS_CARRY }, \
- { 0x40000 | SUBTARGET_REG_CLASS_ACCUM }, \
- { 0x1ffff | SUBTARGET_REG_CLASS_GENERAL }, \
- { 0x7ffff | SUBTARGET_REG_CLASS_ALL }, \
-}
-
-/* The same information, inverted:
- Return the class number of the smallest class containing
- reg number REGNO. This could be a conditional expression
- or could index an array. */
-extern enum reg_class m32r_regno_reg_class[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
-#define REGNO_REG_CLASS(REGNO) (m32r_regno_reg_class[REGNO])
-
-/* The class value for index registers, and the one for base regs. */
-#define INDEX_REG_CLASS GENERAL_REGS
-#define BASE_REG_CLASS GENERAL_REGS
-
-/* A C expression which defines the machine-dependent operand constraint
- letters for register classes. If CHAR is such a letter, the value should be
- the register class corresponding to it. Otherwise, the value should be
- `NO_REGS'. The register letter `r', corresponding to class `GENERAL_REGS',
- will not be passed to this macro; you do not need to handle it.
-
- The following letters are unavailable, due to being used as
- constraints:
- '0'..'9'
- '<', '>'
- 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H'
- 'I', 'J', 'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P'
- 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U'
- 'V', 'X'
- 'g', 'i', 'm', 'n', 'o', 'p', 'r', 's' */
-
-#define REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER(C) \
-((C) == 'c' ? CARRY_REG \
- : (C) == 'a' ? ACCUM_REGS \
- : NO_REGS)
-
-/* These assume that REGNO is a hard or pseudo reg number.
- They give nonzero only if REGNO is a hard reg of the suitable class
- or a pseudo reg currently allocated to a suitable hard reg.
- Since they use reg_renumber, they are safe only once reg_renumber
- has been allocated, which happens in local-alloc.c. */
-#define REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P(REGNO) \
-((REGNO) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER \
- ? GPR_P (REGNO) || (REGNO) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM \
- : GPR_P (reg_renumber[REGNO]))
-#define REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P(REGNO) REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P(REGNO)
-
-/* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be
- in class CLASS, return the class of reg to actually use.
- In general this is just CLASS; but on some machines
- in some cases it is preferable to use a more restrictive class. */
-#define PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS(X,CLASS) \
-(CLASS)
-
-/* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
- needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class CLASS. */
-#define CLASS_MAX_NREGS(CLASS, MODE) \
-((GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD)
-
-/* The letters I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P in a register constraint string
- can be used to stand for particular ranges of immediate operands.
- This macro defines what the ranges are.
- C is the letter, and VALUE is a constant value.
- Return 1 if VALUE is in the range specified by C. */
-/* 'I' is used for 8 bit signed immediates.
- 'J' is used for 16 bit signed immediates.
- 'K' is used for 16 bit unsigned immediates.
- 'L' is used for 16 bit immediates left shifted by 16 (sign ???).
- 'M' is used for 24 bit unsigned immediates.
- 'N' is used for any 32 bit non-symbolic value.
- 'O' is used for 5 bit unsigned immediates (shift count).
- 'P' is used for 16 bit signed immediates for compares
- (values in the range -32767 to +32768). */
-
-/* Return true if a value is inside a range */
-#define IN_RANGE_P(VALUE, LOW, HIGH) \
- (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)((VALUE) - (LOW))) \
- <= ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)((HIGH) - (LOW))))
-
-#define INT8_P(X) IN_RANGE_P (X, -128, 127)
-#define INT16_P(X) IN_RANGE_P (X, -32768, 32767)
-#define CMP_INT16_P(X) IN_RANGE_P (X, -32769, 32766)
-#define UINT16_P(X) IN_RANGE_P (X, 0, 65535)
-#define UPPER16_P(X) (((X) & ~0xffff0000) == 0)
-#define UINT24_P(X) IN_RANGE_P (X, 0, 0xffffff)
-#if HOST_BITS_PER_LONG > 32
-#define INT32_P(X) IN_RANGE_P (X, (-2147483647L-1), 2147483647L)
-#else
-#define INT32_P(X) 1
-#endif
-#define UINT5_P(X) IN_RANGE_P (X, 0, 31)
-#define INVERTED_SIGNED_8BIT(X) IN_RANGE_P (X, -127, 128)
-
-#define CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P(VALUE, C) \
-((C) == 'I' ? INT8_P (VALUE) \
- : (C) == 'J' ? INT16_P (VALUE) \
- : (C) == 'K' ? UINT16_P (VALUE) \
- : (C) == 'L' ? UPPER16_P (VALUE) \
- : (C) == 'M' ? UINT24_P (VALUE) \
- : (C) == 'N' ? INVERTED_SIGNED_8BIT (VALUE) \
- : (C) == 'O' ? UINT5_P (VALUE) \
- : (C) == 'P' ? CMP_INT16_P (VALUE) \
- : 0)
-
-/* Similar, but for floating constants, and defining letters G and H.
- Here VALUE is the CONST_DOUBLE rtx itself.
- For the m32r, handle a few constants inline.
- ??? We needn't treat DI and DF modes differently, but for now we do. */
-#define CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_LETTER_P(VALUE, C) \
-((C) == 'G' ? easy_di_const (VALUE) \
- : (C) == 'H' ? easy_df_const (VALUE) \
- : 0)
-
-/* A C expression that defines the optional machine-dependent constraint
- letters that can be used to segregate specific types of operands,
- usually memory references, for the target machine. It should return 1 if
- VALUE corresponds to the operand type represented by the constraint letter
- C. If C is not defined as an extra constraint, the value returned should
- be 0 regardless of VALUE. */
-/* Q is for symbolic addresses loadable with ld24.
- R is for symbolic addresses when ld24 can't be used.
- S is for stores with pre {inc,dec}rement
- T is for indirect of a pointer.
- U is for loads with post increment. */
-
-#define EXTRA_CONSTRAINT(VALUE, C) \
-((C) == 'Q' ? ((TARGET_ADDR24 && GET_CODE (VALUE) == LABEL_REF) \
- || addr24_operand (VALUE, VOIDmode)) \
- : (C) == 'R' ? ((TARGET_ADDR32 && GET_CODE (VALUE) == LABEL_REF) \
- || addr32_operand (VALUE, VOIDmode)) \
- : (C) == 'S' ? (GET_CODE (VALUE) == MEM \
- && STORE_PREINC_PREDEC_P (GET_MODE (VALUE), \
- XEXP (VALUE, 0))) \
- : (C) == 'T' ? (GET_CODE (VALUE) == MEM \
- && memreg_operand (VALUE, GET_MODE (VALUE))) \
- : (C) == 'U' ? (GET_CODE (VALUE) == MEM \
- && LOAD_POSTINC_P (GET_MODE (VALUE), \
- XEXP (VALUE, 0))) \
- : 0)
-
-
-/* Stack layout and stack pointer usage. */
-
-/* Define this macro if pushing a word onto the stack moves the stack
- pointer to a smaller address. */
-#define STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
-
-/* Define this if the nominal address of the stack frame
- is at the high-address end of the local variables;
- that is, each additional local variable allocated
- goes at a more negative offset from the frame pointer. */
-/*#define FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD*/
-
-/* Offset from frame pointer to start allocating local variables at.
- If FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD, this is the offset to the END of the
- first local allocated. Otherwise, it is the offset to the BEGINNING
- of the first local allocated. */
-/* The frame pointer points at the same place as the stack pointer, except if
- alloca has been called. */
-#define STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET \
-M32R_STACK_ALIGN (current_function_outgoing_args_size)
-
-/* Offset from the stack pointer register to the first location at which
- outgoing arguments are placed. */
-#define STACK_POINTER_OFFSET 0
-
-/* Offset of first parameter from the argument pointer register value. */
-#define FIRST_PARM_OFFSET(FNDECL) 0
-
-/* A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address in a
- stack frame where the pointer to the caller's frame is stored.
- Assume that FRAMEADDR is an RTL expression for the address of the
- stack frame itself.
-
- If you don't define this macro, the default is to return the value
- of FRAMEADDR--that is, the stack frame address is also the address
- of the stack word that points to the previous frame. */
-/*define DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS (FRAMEADDR)*/
-
-/* A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the
- return address for the frame COUNT steps up from the current frame.
- FRAMEADDR is the frame pointer of the COUNT frame, or the frame
- pointer of the COUNT - 1 frame if `RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME'
- is defined. */
-/* The current return address is in r14. */
-#if 0 /* The default value should work. */
-#define RETURN_ADDR_RTX(COUNT, FRAME) \
-(((COUNT) == -1) \
- ? gen_rtx (REG, Pmode, 14) \
- : copy_to_reg (gen_rtx (MEM, Pmode, \
- memory_address (Pmode, plus_constant ((FRAME), UNITS_PER_WORD)))))
-#endif
-
-/* Register to use for pushing function arguments. */
-#define STACK_POINTER_REGNUM 15
-
-/* Base register for access to local variables of the function. */
-#define FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM 13
-
-/* Base register for access to arguments of the function. */
-#define ARG_POINTER_REGNUM 16
-
-/* The register number of the return address pointer register, which
- is used to access the current function's return address from the
- stack. On some machines, the return address is not at a fixed
- offset from the frame pointer or stack pointer or argument
- pointer. This register can be defined to point to the return
- address on the stack, and then be converted by `ELIMINABLE_REGS'
- into either the frame pointer or stack pointer.
-
- Do not define this macro unless there is no other way to get the
- return address from the stack. */
-/* ??? revisit */
-/* #define RETURN_ADDRESS_POINTER_REGNUM */
-
-/* Register in which static-chain is passed to a function. This must
- not be a register used by the prologue. */
-#define STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM 7
-
-/* These aren't official macros. */
-#define PROLOGUE_TMP_REGNUM 4
-#define RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM 14
-/* #define GP_REGNUM 12 */
-#define CARRY_REGNUM 17
-#define ACCUM_REGNUM 18
-#define M32R_MAX_INT_REGS 16
-
-#ifndef SUBTARGET_GPR_P
-#define SUBTARGET_GPR_P(REGNO) 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SUBTARGET_ACCUM_P
-#define SUBTARGET_ACCUM_P(REGNO) 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SUBTARGET_CARRY_P
-#define SUBTARGET_CARRY_P(REGNO) 0
-#endif
-
-#define GPR_P(REGNO) IN_RANGE_P ((REGNO), 0, 15) || SUBTARGET_GPR_P (REGNO)
-#define ACCUM_P(REGNO) ((REGNO) == ACCUM_REGNUM || SUBTARGET_ACCUM_P (REGNO))
-#define CARRY_P(REGNO) ((REGNO) == CARRY_REGNUM || SUBTARGET_CARRY_P (REGNO))
-
-
-/* Eliminating the frame and arg pointers. */
-
-/* A C expression which is nonzero if a function must have and use a
- frame pointer. This expression is evaluated in the reload pass.
- If its value is nonzero the function will have a frame pointer. */
-#define FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED \
-(current_function_calls_alloca)
-
-#if 0
-/* C statement to store the difference between the frame pointer
- and the stack pointer values immediately after the function prologue.
- If `ELIMINABLE_REGS' is defined, this macro will be not be used and
- need not be defined. */
-#define INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET(VAR) \
-((VAR) = m32r_compute_frame_size (get_frame_size ()))
-#endif
-
-/* If defined, this macro specifies a table of register pairs used to
- eliminate unneeded registers that point into the stack frame. If
- it is not defined, the only elimination attempted by the compiler
- is to replace references to the frame pointer with references to
- the stack pointer.
-
- Note that the elimination of the argument pointer with the stack
- pointer is specified first since that is the preferred elimination. */
-
-#define ELIMINABLE_REGS \
-{{ FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM }, \
- { ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM }, \
- { ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM }} \
-
-/* A C expression that returns non-zero if the compiler is allowed to
- try to replace register number FROM-REG with register number
- TO-REG. This macro need only be defined if `ELIMINABLE_REGS' is
- defined, and will usually be the constant 1, since most of the
- cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler
- already knows about. */
-
-#define CAN_ELIMINATE(FROM, TO) \
-((FROM) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM && (TO) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM \
- ? ! frame_pointer_needed \
- : 1)
-
-/* This macro is similar to `INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET'. It
- specifies the initial difference between the specified pair of
- registers. This macro must be defined if `ELIMINABLE_REGS' is
- defined. */
-
-#define INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET(FROM, TO, OFFSET) \
-{ \
- int size = m32r_compute_frame_size (get_frame_size ()); \
- \
- if ((FROM) == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && (TO) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) \
- (OFFSET) = 0; \
- else if ((FROM) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM && (TO) == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM) \
- (OFFSET) = size - current_function_pretend_args_size; \
- else if ((FROM) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM && (TO) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) \
- (OFFSET) = size - current_function_pretend_args_size; \
- else \
- abort (); \
-}
-
-/* Function argument passing. */
-
-/* When a prototype says `char' or `short', really pass an `int'. */
-#define PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES
-
-/* If defined, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing
- arguments will be computed and placed into the variable
- `current_function_outgoing_args_size'. No space will be pushed
- onto the stack for each call; instead, the function prologue should
- increase the stack frame size by this amount. */
-#define ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
-
-/* Define this macro if functions should assume that stack space has
- been allocated for arguments even when their values are passed in
- registers.
-
- The value of this macro is the size, in bytes, of the area
- reserved for arguments passed in registers for the function
- represented by FNDECL.
-
- This space can be allocated by the caller, or be a part of the
- machine-dependent stack frame: `OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE' says
- which. */
-#if 0
-#define REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE(FNDECL) \
-(M32R_MAX_PARM_REGS * UNITS_PER_WORD)
-#endif
-
-/* Value is the number of bytes of arguments automatically
- popped when returning from a subroutine call.
- FUNDECL is the declaration node of the function (as a tree),
- FUNTYPE is the data type of the function (as a tree),
- or for a library call it is an identifier node for the subroutine name.
- SIZE is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the stack. */
-#define RETURN_POPS_ARGS(DECL, FUNTYPE, SIZE) 0
-
-/* Nonzero if we do not know how to pass TYPE solely in registers. */
-#define MUST_PASS_IN_STACK(MODE,TYPE) \
- ((TYPE) != 0 \
- && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TYPE)) != INTEGER_CST \
- || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (TYPE)))
-
-/* Define a data type for recording info about an argument list
- during the scan of that argument list. This data type should
- hold all necessary information about the function itself
- and about the args processed so far, enough to enable macros
- such as FUNCTION_ARG to determine where the next arg should go. */
-#define CUMULATIVE_ARGS int
-
-/* Initialize a variable CUM of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS
- for a call to a function whose data type is FNTYPE.
- For a library call, FNTYPE is 0. */
-#define INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS(CUM,FNTYPE,LIBNAME,INDIRECT) \
-((CUM) = 0)
-
-/* The number of registers used for parameter passing. Local to this file. */
-#define M32R_MAX_PARM_REGS 4
-
-/* 1 if N is a possible register number for function argument passing. */
-#define FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P(N) \
-((unsigned) (N) < M32R_MAX_PARM_REGS)
-
-/* The ROUND_ADVANCE* macros are local to this file. */
-/* Round SIZE up to a word boundary. */
-#define ROUND_ADVANCE(SIZE) \
-(((SIZE) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD)
-
-/* Round arg MODE/TYPE up to the next word boundary. */
-#define ROUND_ADVANCE_ARG(MODE, TYPE) \
-((MODE) == BLKmode \
- ? ROUND_ADVANCE (int_size_in_bytes (TYPE)) \
- : ROUND_ADVANCE (GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE)))
-
-/* Round CUM up to the necessary point for argument MODE/TYPE. */
-#if 0
-#define ROUND_ADVANCE_CUM(CUM, MODE, TYPE) \
-((((MODE) == BLKmode ? TYPE_ALIGN (TYPE) : GET_MODE_BITSIZE (MODE)) \
- > BITS_PER_WORD) \
- ? ((CUM) + 1 & ~1) \
- : (CUM))
-#else
-#define ROUND_ADVANCE_CUM(CUM, MODE, TYPE) (CUM)
-#endif
-
-/* Return boolean indicating arg of type TYPE and mode MODE will be passed in
- a reg. This includes arguments that have to be passed by reference as the
- pointer to them is passed in a reg if one is available (and that is what
- we're given).
- This macro is only used in this file. */
-#define PASS_IN_REG_P(CUM, MODE, TYPE, NAMED) \
-(ROUND_ADVANCE_CUM ((CUM), (MODE), (TYPE)) < M32R_MAX_PARM_REGS)
-
-/* Determine where to put an argument to a function.
- Value is zero to push the argument on the stack,
- or a hard register in which to store the argument.
-
- MODE is the argument's machine mode.
- TYPE is the data type of the argument (as a tree).
- This is null for libcalls where that information may
- not be available.
- CUM is a variable of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS which gives info about
- the preceding args and about the function being called.
- NAMED is nonzero if this argument is a named parameter
- (otherwise it is an extra parameter matching an ellipsis). */
-/* On the M32R the first M32R_MAX_PARM_REGS args are normally in registers
- and the rest are pushed. */
-#define FUNCTION_ARG(CUM, MODE, TYPE, NAMED) \
-(PASS_IN_REG_P ((CUM), (MODE), (TYPE), (NAMED)) \
- ? gen_rtx (REG, (MODE), ROUND_ADVANCE_CUM ((CUM), (MODE), (TYPE))) \
- : 0)
-
-/* ??? Quick hack to try to get varargs working the normal way. */
-#define FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG(CUM, MODE, TYPE, NAMED) \
-(((! current_function_varargs || (NAMED)) \
- && PASS_IN_REG_P ((CUM), (MODE), (TYPE), (NAMED))) \
- ? gen_rtx (REG, (MODE), ROUND_ADVANCE_CUM ((CUM), (MODE), (TYPE))) \
- : 0)
-
-/* A C expression for the number of words, at the beginning of an
- argument, must be put in registers. The value must be zero for
- arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely
- pushed on the stack.
-
- On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in
- registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the
- first @var{n} words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest
- on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a
- structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed
- in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the
- compiler when this occurs, and how many of the words should go in
- registers. */
-#define FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS(CUM, MODE, TYPE, NAMED) \
- function_arg_partial_nregs (&CUM, (int)MODE, TYPE, NAMED)
-
-/* A C expression that indicates when an argument must be passed by
- reference. If nonzero for an argument, a copy of that argument is
- made in memory and a pointer to the argument is passed instead of
- the argument itself. The pointer is passed in whatever way is
- appropriate for passing a pointer to that type. */
-/* All arguments greater than 8 bytes are passed this way. */
-#define FUNCTION_ARG_PASS_BY_REFERENCE(CUM, MODE, TYPE, NAMED) \
-((TYPE) && int_size_in_bytes (TYPE) > 8)
-
-/* Update the data in CUM to advance over an argument
- of mode MODE and data type TYPE.
- (TYPE is null for libcalls where that information may not be available.) */
-#define FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE(CUM, MODE, TYPE, NAMED) \
-((CUM) = (ROUND_ADVANCE_CUM ((CUM), (MODE), (TYPE)) \
- + ROUND_ADVANCE_ARG ((MODE), (TYPE))))
-
-/* If defined, a C expression that gives the alignment boundary, in bits,
- of an argument with the specified mode and type. If it is not defined,
- PARM_BOUNDARY is used for all arguments. */
-#if 0
-/* We assume PARM_BOUNDARY == UNITS_PER_WORD here. */
-#define FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY(MODE, TYPE) \
-(((TYPE) ? TYPE_ALIGN (TYPE) : GET_MODE_BITSIZE (MODE)) <= PARM_BOUNDARY \
- ? PARM_BOUNDARY \
- : 2 * PARM_BOUNDARY)
-#endif
-
-#if 0
-/* If defined, is a C expression that produces the machine-specific
- code for a call to `__builtin_saveregs'. This code will be moved
- to the very beginning of the function, before any parameter access
- are made. The return value of this function should be an RTX that
- contains the value to use as the return of `__builtin_saveregs'.
-
- The argument ARGS is a `tree_list' containing the arguments that
- were passed to `__builtin_saveregs'.
-
- If this macro is not defined, the compiler will output an ordinary
- call to the library function `__builtin_saveregs'. */
-extern struct rtx *m32r_expand_builtin_savergs ();
-#define EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS(ARGS) m32r_expand_builtin_saveregs (ARGS)
-#endif
-
-/* This macro offers an alternative
- to using `__builtin_saveregs' and defining the macro
- `EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS'. Use it to store the anonymous register
- arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to have
- been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you
- can use the standard implementation of varargs that works for
- machines that pass all their arguments on the stack.
-
- The argument ARGS_SO_FAR is the `CUMULATIVE_ARGS' data structure,
- containing the values that obtain after processing of the named
- arguments. The arguments MODE and TYPE describe the last named
- argument--its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.
-
- The macro implementation should do two things: first, push onto the
- stack all the argument registers *not* used for the named
- arguments, and second, store the size of the data thus pushed into
- the `int'-valued variable whose name is supplied as the argument
- PRETEND_SIZE. The value that you store here will serve as
- additional offset for setting up the stack frame.
-
- If the argument NO_RTL is nonzero, it means that the
- arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time.
- This happens for an inline function, which is not actually
- compiled until the end of the source file. The macro
- `SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS' should not generate any instructions in
- this case. */
-
-#define SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS(ARGS_SO_FAR, MODE, TYPE, PRETEND_SIZE, NO_RTL) \
-m32r_setup_incoming_varargs (&ARGS_SO_FAR, MODE, TYPE, &PRETEND_SIZE, NO_RTL)
-
-/* Function results. */
-
-/* Define how to find the value returned by a function.
- VALTYPE is the data type of the value (as a tree).
- If the precise function being called is known, FUNC is its FUNCTION_DECL;
- otherwise, FUNC is 0. */
-#define FUNCTION_VALUE(VALTYPE, FUNC) gen_rtx (REG, TYPE_MODE (VALTYPE), 0)
-
-/* Define how to find the value returned by a library function
- assuming the value has mode MODE. */
-#define LIBCALL_VALUE(MODE) gen_rtx (REG, MODE, 0)
-
-/* 1 if N is a possible register number for a function value
- as seen by the caller. */
-/* ??? What about r1 in DI/DF values. */
-#define FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P(N) ((N) == 0)
-
-/* A C expression which can inhibit the returning of certain function
- values in registers, based on the type of value. A nonzero value says
- to return the function value in memory, just as large structures are
- always returned. Here TYPE will be a C expression of type `tree',
- representing the data type of the value. */
-#define RETURN_IN_MEMORY(TYPE) \
-(int_size_in_bytes (TYPE) > 8)
-
-/* Tell GCC to use RETURN_IN_MEMORY. */
-#define DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN 0
-
-/* Register in which address to store a structure value
- is passed to a function, or 0 to use `invisible' first argument. */
-#define STRUCT_VALUE 0
-
-/* Function entry and exit. */
-
-/* Initialize data used by insn expanders. This is called from
- init_emit, once for each function, before code is generated. */
-#define INIT_EXPANDERS m32r_init_expanders ()
-
-/* This macro generates the assembly code for function entry.
- FILE is a stdio stream to output the code to.
- SIZE is an int: how many units of temporary storage to allocate.
- Refer to the array `regs_ever_live' to determine which registers
- to save; `regs_ever_live[I]' is nonzero if register number I
- is ever used in the function. This macro is responsible for
- knowing which registers should not be saved even if used. */
-#define FUNCTION_PROLOGUE(FILE, SIZE) \
-m32r_output_function_prologue (FILE, SIZE)
-
-/* EXIT_IGNORE_STACK should be nonzero if, when returning from a function,
- the stack pointer does not matter. The value is tested only in
- functions that have frame pointers.
- No definition is equivalent to always zero. */
-#define EXIT_IGNORE_STACK 1
-
-/* This macro generates the assembly code for function exit,
- on machines that need it. If FUNCTION_EPILOGUE is not defined
- then individual return instructions are generated for each
- return statement. Args are same as for FUNCTION_PROLOGUE.
-
- The function epilogue should not depend on the current stack pointer!
- It should use the frame pointer only. This is mandatory because
- of alloca; we also take advantage of it to omit stack adjustments
- before returning. */
-#define FUNCTION_EPILOGUE(FILE, SIZE) \
-m32r_output_function_epilogue (FILE, SIZE)
-
-/* Output assembler code to FILE to increment profiler label # LABELNO
- for profiling a function entry. */
-#define FUNCTION_PROFILER(FILE, LABELNO) abort ()
-
-/* Trampolines. */
-
-/* On the M32R, the trampoline is
-
- ld24 r7,STATIC
- ld24 r6,FUNCTION
- jmp r6
- nop
-
- ??? Need addr32 support.
-*/
-
-/* Length in bytes of the trampoline for entering a nested function. */
-#define TRAMPOLINE_SIZE 12
-
-/* Emit RTL insns to initialize the variable parts of a trampoline.
- FNADDR is an RTX for the address of the function's pure code.
- CXT is an RTX for the static chain value for the function. */
-#define INITIALIZE_TRAMPOLINE(TRAMP, FNADDR, CXT) \
-do { \
- emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (MEM, SImode, plus_constant (TRAMP, 0)), \
- plus_constant ((CXT), 0xe7000000)); \
- emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (MEM, SImode, plus_constant (TRAMP, 4)), \
- plus_constant ((FNADDR), 0xe6000000)); \
- emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (MEM, SImode, plus_constant (TRAMP, 8)), \
- GEN_INT (0x1fc67000)); \
- emit_insn (gen_flush_icache (validize_mem (gen_rtx (MEM, SImode, \
- TRAMP)))); \
-} while (0)
-
-/* Library calls. */
-
-/* Generate calls to memcpy, memcmp and memset. */
-#define TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS
-
-/* Addressing modes, and classification of registers for them. */
-
-/* Maximum number of registers that can appear in a valid memory address. */
-#define MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS 1
-
-/* We have post-inc load and pre-dec,pre-inc store,
- but only for 4 byte vals. */
-#define HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT 1
-#define HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT 1
-#define HAVE_POST_INCREMENT 1
-
-/* Recognize any constant value that is a valid address. */
-#define CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P(X) \
-(GET_CODE (X) == LABEL_REF || GET_CODE (X) == SYMBOL_REF \
- || GET_CODE (X) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (X) == CONST)
-
-/* Nonzero if the constant value X is a legitimate general operand.
- We don't allow (plus symbol large-constant) as the relocations can't
- describe it. INTVAL > 32767 handles both 16 bit and 24 bit relocations.
- We allow all CONST_DOUBLE's as the md file patterns will force the
- constant to memory if they can't handle them. */
-
-#define LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P(X) \
-(! (GET_CODE (X) == CONST \
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (X, 0)) == PLUS \
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (X, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF \
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (X, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT \
- && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (X, 0), 1)) > 32767))
-
-/* The macros REG_OK_FOR..._P assume that the arg is a REG rtx
- and check its validity for a certain class.
- We have two alternate definitions for each of them.
- The usual definition accepts all pseudo regs; the other rejects
- them unless they have been allocated suitable hard regs.
- The symbol REG_OK_STRICT causes the latter definition to be used.
-
- Most source files want to accept pseudo regs in the hope that
- they will get allocated to the class that the insn wants them to be in.
- Source files for reload pass need to be strict.
- After reload, it makes no difference, since pseudo regs have
- been eliminated by then. */
-
-#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT
-
-/* Nonzero if X is a hard reg that can be used as a base reg. */
-#define REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P(X) GPR_P (REGNO (X))
-/* Nonzero if X is a hard reg that can be used as an index. */
-#define REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P(X) REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (X)
-
-#else
-
-/* Nonzero if X is a hard reg that can be used as a base reg
- or if it is a pseudo reg. */
-#define REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P(X) \
-(GPR_P (REGNO (X)) \
- || (REGNO (X)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM \
- || REGNO (X) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
-/* Nonzero if X is a hard reg that can be used as an index
- or if it is a pseudo reg. */
-#define REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P(X) REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (X)
-
-#endif
-
-/* GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS recognizes an RTL expression
- that is a valid memory address for an instruction.
- The MODE argument is the machine mode for the MEM expression
- that wants to use this address. */
-
-/* local to this file */
-#define RTX_OK_FOR_BASE_P(X) (REG_P (X) && REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (X))
-
-/* local to this file */
-#define RTX_OK_FOR_OFFSET_P(X) \
-(GET_CODE (X) == CONST_INT && INT16_P (INTVAL (X)))
-
-/* local to this file */
-#define LEGITIMATE_OFFSET_ADDRESS_P(MODE, X) \
-(GET_CODE (X) == PLUS \
- && RTX_OK_FOR_BASE_P (XEXP (X, 0)) \
- && RTX_OK_FOR_OFFSET_P (XEXP (X, 1)))
-
-/* local to this file */
-/* For LO_SUM addresses, do not allow them if the MODE is > 1 word,
- since more than one instruction will be required. */
-#define LEGITIMATE_LO_SUM_ADDRESS_P(MODE, X) \
-(GET_CODE (X) == LO_SUM \
- && (MODE != BLKmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE) <= UNITS_PER_WORD) \
- && RTX_OK_FOR_BASE_P (XEXP (X, 0)) \
- && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (X, 1)))
-
-/* local to this file */
-/* Is this a load and increment operation. */
-#define LOAD_POSTINC_P(MODE, X) \
-(((MODE) == SImode || (MODE) == SFmode) \
- && GET_CODE (X) == POST_INC \
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (X, 0)) == REG \
- && RTX_OK_FOR_BASE_P (XEXP (X, 0)))
-
-/* local to this file */
-/* Is this a increment/decrement and store operation. */
-#define STORE_PREINC_PREDEC_P(MODE, X) \
-(((MODE) == SImode || (MODE) == SFmode) \
- && (GET_CODE (X) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (X) == PRE_DEC) \
- && GET_CODE (XEXP (X, 0)) == REG \
- && RTX_OK_FOR_BASE_P (XEXP (X, 0)))
-
-#define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS(MODE, X, ADDR) \
-{ if (RTX_OK_FOR_BASE_P (X)) \
- goto ADDR; \
- if (LEGITIMATE_OFFSET_ADDRESS_P ((MODE), (X))) \
- goto ADDR; \
- if (LEGITIMATE_LO_SUM_ADDRESS_P ((MODE), (X))) \
- goto ADDR; \
- if (LOAD_POSTINC_P ((MODE), (X))) \
- goto ADDR; \
- if (STORE_PREINC_PREDEC_P ((MODE), (X))) \
- goto ADDR; \
-}
-
-/* Try machine-dependent ways of modifying an illegitimate address
- to be legitimate. If we find one, return the new, valid address.
- This macro is used in only one place: `memory_address' in explow.c.
-
- OLDX is the address as it was before break_out_memory_refs was called.
- In some cases it is useful to look at this to decide what needs to be done.
-
- MODE and WIN are passed so that this macro can use
- GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS.
-
- It is always safe for this macro to do nothing. It exists to recognize
- opportunities to optimize the output.
-
- ??? Is there anything useful we can do here for the M32R? */
-
-#define LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS(X, OLDX, MODE, WIN)
-
-/* Go to LABEL if ADDR (a legitimate address expression)
- has an effect that depends on the machine mode it is used for. */
-#define GO_IF_MODE_DEPENDENT_ADDRESS(ADDR, LABEL) \
-do { \
- if (GET_CODE (ADDR) == PRE_DEC \
- || GET_CODE (ADDR) == PRE_INC \
- || GET_CODE (ADDR) == POST_INC \
- || GET_CODE (ADDR) == LO_SUM) \
- goto LABEL; \
-} while (0)
-
-/* Condition code usage. */
-
-/* Given a comparison code (EQ, NE, etc.) and the first operand of a COMPARE,
- return the mode to be used for the comparison. */
-#define SELECT_CC_MODE(OP, X, Y) \
-((enum machine_mode)m32r_select_cc_mode ((int)OP, X, Y))
-
-/* Return non-zero if SELECT_CC_MODE will never return MODE for a
- floating point inequality comparison. */
-#define REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE(MODE) 1 /*???*/
-
-/* Costs. */
-
-/* ??? I'm quite sure I don't understand enough of the subtleties involved
- in choosing the right numbers to use here, but there doesn't seem to be
- enough documentation on this. What I've done is define an insn to cost
- 4 "units" and work from there. COSTS_N_INSNS (N) is defined as (N) * 4 - 2
- so that seems reasonable. Some values are supposed to be defined relative
- to each other and thus aren't necessarily related to COSTS_N_INSNS. */
-
-/* Compute the cost of computing a constant rtl expression RTX
- whose rtx-code is CODE. The body of this macro is a portion
- of a switch statement. If the code is computed here,
- return it with a return statement. Otherwise, break from the switch. */
-/* Small integers are as cheap as registers. 4 byte values can be fetched
- as immediate constants - let's give that the cost of an extra insn. */
-#define CONST_COSTS(X, CODE, OUTER_CODE) \
- case CONST_INT : \
- if (INT16_P (INTVAL (X))) \
- return 0; \
- /* fall through */ \
- case CONST : \
- case LABEL_REF : \
- case SYMBOL_REF : \
- return 4; \
- case CONST_DOUBLE : \
- { \
- rtx high, low; \
- split_double (X, &high, &low); \
- return 4 * (!INT16_P (INTVAL (high)) \
- + !INT16_P (INTVAL (low))); \
- }
-
-/* Compute the cost of an address. */
-#define ADDRESS_COST(ADDR) m32r_address_cost (ADDR)
-
-/* Compute extra cost of moving data between one register class
- and another. */
-#define REGISTER_MOVE_COST(CLASS1, CLASS2) 2
-
-/* Compute the cost of moving data between registers and memory. */
-/* Memory is 3 times as expensive as registers.
- ??? Is that the right way to look at it? */
-#define MEMORY_MOVE_COST(MODE,CLASS,IN_P) \
-(GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE) <= UNITS_PER_WORD ? 6 : 12)
-
-/* The cost of a branch insn. */
-/* A value of 2 here causes GCC to avoid using branches in comparisons like
- while (a < N && a). Branches aren't that expensive on the M32R so
- we define this as 1. Defining it as 2 had a heavy hit in fp-bit.c. */
-#define BRANCH_COST ((TARGET_BRANCH_COST) ? 2 : 1)
-
-/* Provide the costs of a rtl expression. This is in the body of a
- switch on CODE. The purpose for the cost of MULT is to encourage
- `synth_mult' to find a synthetic multiply when reasonable.
-
- If we need more than 12 insns to do a multiply, then go out-of-line,
- since the call overhead will be < 10% of the cost of the multiply. */
-#define RTX_COSTS(X, CODE, OUTER_CODE) \
- case MULT : \
- return COSTS_N_INSNS (3); \
- case DIV : \
- case UDIV : \
- case MOD : \
- case UMOD : \
- return COSTS_N_INSNS (10);
-
-/* Nonzero if access to memory by bytes is slow and undesirable.
- For RISC chips, it means that access to memory by bytes is no
- better than access by words when possible, so grab a whole word
- and maybe make use of that. */
-#define SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS 1
-
-/* Define this macro if it is as good or better to call a constant
- function address than to call an address kept in a register. */
-#define NO_FUNCTION_CSE
-
-/* Define this macro if it is as good or better for a function to call
- itself with an explicit address than to call an address kept in a
- register. */
-#define NO_RECURSIVE_FUNCTION_CSE
-
-/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to update the integer variable COST based on
- the relationship between INSN that is dependent on DEP_INSN through the
- dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment to COST. This can be
- used for example to specify to the scheduler that an output- or
- anti-dependence does not incur the same cost as a data-dependence. */
-
-#define ADJUST_COST(INSN,LINK,DEP_INSN,COST) \
- (COST) = m32r_adjust_cost (INSN, LINK, DEP_INSN, COST)
-
-/* A C statement (sans semicolon) to update the integer scheduling
- priority `INSN_PRIORITY(INSN)'. Reduce the priority to execute
- the INSN earlier, increase the priority to execute INSN later.
- Do not define this macro if you do not need to adjust the
- scheduling priorities of insns. */
-#define ADJUST_PRIORITY(INSN) \
- INSN_PRIORITY (INSN) = m32r_adjust_priority (INSN, INSN_PRIORITY (INSN))
-
-/* Macro to determine whether the Haifa scheduler is used. */
-#ifdef HAIFA
-#define HAIFA_P 1
-#else
-#define HAIFA_P 0
-#endif
-
-/* Indicate how many instructions can be issued at the same time.
- This is sort of a lie. The m32r can issue only 1 long insn at
- once, but it can issue 2 short insns. The default therefore is
- set at 2, but this can be overridden by the command line option
- -missue-rate=1 */
-#define ISSUE_RATE ((TARGET_ISSUE_RATE) ? 1 : 2)
-
-/* If we have a machine that can issue a variable # of instructions
- per cycle, indicate how many more instructions can be issued
- after the current one. */
-#define MD_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE(STREAM, VERBOSE, INSN, HOW_MANY) \
-(HOW_MANY) = m32r_sched_variable_issue (STREAM, VERBOSE, INSN, HOW_MANY)
-
-/* Whether we are on an odd word boundary while scheduling. */
-extern int m32r_sched_odd_word_p;
-
-/* Hook to run before scheduling a block of insns. */
-#define MD_SCHED_INIT(STREAM, VERBOSE) m32r_sched_init (STREAM, VERBOSE)
-
-/* Hook to reorder the list of ready instructions. */
-#define MD_SCHED_REORDER(STREAM, VERBOSE, READY, N_READY) \
-m32r_sched_reorder (STREAM, VERBOSE, READY, N_READY)
-
-/* When the `length' insn attribute is used, this macro specifies the
- value to be assigned to the address of the first insn in a
- function. If not specified, 0 is used. */
-#define FIRST_INSN_ADDRESS m32r_first_insn_address ()
-
-
-/* Section selection. */
-
-#define TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.section .text"
-#define DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.section .data"
-#define RODATA_SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.section .rodata"
-#define BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.section .bss"
-#define SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.section .sdata"
-#define SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.section .sbss"
-/* This one is for svr4.h. */
-#undef CONST_SECTION_ASM_OP
-#define CONST_SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.section .rodata"
-
-/* A list of names for sections other than the standard two, which are
- `in_text' and `in_data'. You need not define this macro
- on a system with no other sections (that GCC needs to use). */
-#undef EXTRA_SECTIONS
-#define EXTRA_SECTIONS in_sdata, in_sbss, in_const, in_ctors, in_dtors
-
-/* One or more functions to be defined in "varasm.c". These
- functions should do jobs analogous to those of `text_section' and
- `data_section', for your additional sections. Do not define this
- macro if you do not define `EXTRA_SECTIONS'. */
-#undef EXTRA_SECTION_FUNCTIONS
-#define EXTRA_SECTION_FUNCTIONS \
-CONST_SECTION_FUNCTION \
-CTORS_SECTION_FUNCTION \
-DTORS_SECTION_FUNCTION \
-SDATA_SECTION_FUNCTION \
-SBSS_SECTION_FUNCTION
-
-#define SDATA_SECTION_FUNCTION \
-void \
-sdata_section () \
-{ \
- if (in_section != in_sdata) \
- { \
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\n", SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP); \
- in_section = in_sdata; \
- } \
-} \
-
-#define SBSS_SECTION_FUNCTION \
-void \
-sbss_section () \
-{ \
- if (in_section != in_sbss) \
- { \
- fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\n", SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP); \
- in_section = in_sbss; \
- } \
-} \
-
-/* A C statement or statements to switch to the appropriate section for
- output of EXP. You can assume that EXP is either a `VAR_DECL' node
- or a constant of some sort. RELOC indicates whether the initial value
- of EXP requires link-time relocations. */
-extern void m32r_select_section ();
-#undef SELECT_SECTION
-#define SELECT_SECTION(EXP, RELOC) m32r_select_section ((EXP), (RELOC))
-
-/* A C statement or statements to switch to the appropriate section for
- output of RTX in mode MODE. You can assume that RTX
- is some kind of constant in RTL. The argument MODE is redundant
- except in the case of a `const_int' rtx. Select the section by
- calling `text_section' or one of the alternatives for other
- sections.
-
- Do not define this macro if you put all constants in the read-only
- data section. */
-
-#undef SELECT_RTX_SECTION
-
-/* Define this macro if jump tables (for tablejump insns) should be
- output in the text section, along with the assembler instructions.
- Otherwise, the readonly data section is used.
- This macro is irrelevant if there is no separate readonly data section. */
-/*#define JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION*/
-
-/* Define this macro if references to a symbol must be treated
- differently depending on something about the variable or
- function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).
-
- The macro definition, if any, is executed immediately after the
- rtl for DECL or other node is created.
- The value of the rtl will be a `mem' whose address is a
- `symbol_ref'.
-
- The usual thing for this macro to do is to store a flag in the
- `symbol_ref' (such as `SYMBOL_REF_FLAG') or to store a modified
- name string in the `symbol_ref' (if one bit is not enough
- information). */
-
-#define SDATA_FLAG_CHAR '@'
-/* Small objects are recorded with no prefix for space efficiency since
- they'll be the most common. This isn't the case if the user passes
- -mmodel={medium|large} and one could choose to not mark symbols that
- are the default, but that complicates things. */
-/*#define SMALL_FLAG_CHAR '#'*/
-#define MEDIUM_FLAG_CHAR '%'
-#define LARGE_FLAG_CHAR '&'
-
-#define SDATA_NAME_P(NAME) (*(NAME) == SDATA_FLAG_CHAR)
-/*#define SMALL_NAME_P(NAME) (*(NAME) == SMALL_FLAG_CHAR)*/
-#define SMALL_NAME_P(NAME) (! ENCODED_NAME_P (NAME) && ! LIT_NAME_P (NAME))
-#define MEDIUM_NAME_P(NAME) (*(NAME) == MEDIUM_FLAG_CHAR)
-#define LARGE_NAME_P(NAME) (*(NAME) == LARGE_FLAG_CHAR)
-/* For string literals, etc. */
-#define LIT_NAME_P(NAME) ((NAME)[0] == '*' && (NAME)[1] == '.')
-
-#define ENCODED_NAME_P(SYMBOL_NAME) \
-(SDATA_NAME_P (SYMBOL_NAME) \
- /*|| SMALL_NAME_P (SYMBOL_NAME)*/ \
- || MEDIUM_NAME_P (SYMBOL_NAME) \
- || LARGE_NAME_P (SYMBOL_NAME))
-
-#define ENCODE_SECTION_INFO(DECL) m32r_encode_section_info (DECL)
-
-/* Decode SYM_NAME and store the real name part in VAR, sans
- the characters that encode section info. Define this macro if
- ENCODE_SECTION_INFO alters the symbol's name string. */
-/* Note that we have to handle symbols like "%*start". */
-#define STRIP_NAME_ENCODING(VAR, SYMBOL_NAME) \
-do { \
- (VAR) = (SYMBOL_NAME) + ENCODED_NAME_P (SYMBOL_NAME); \
- (VAR) += *(VAR) == '*'; \
-} while (0)
-
-/* PIC */
-
-/* The register number of the register used to address a table of static
- data addresses in memory. In some cases this register is defined by a
- processor's ``application binary interface'' (ABI). When this macro
- is defined, RTL is generated for this register once, as with the stack
- pointer and frame pointer registers. If this macro is not defined, it
- is up to the machine-dependent files to allocate such a register (if
- necessary). */
-/*#define PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM 12*/
-
-/* Define this macro if the register defined by PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM is
- clobbered by calls. Do not define this macro if PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
- is not defined. */
-/* This register is call-saved on the M32R. */
-/*#define PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REG_CALL_CLOBBERED*/
-
-/* By generating position-independent code, when two different programs (A
- and B) share a common library (libC.a), the text of the library can be
- shared whether or not the library is linked at the same address for both
- programs. In some of these environments, position-independent code
- requires not only the use of different addressing modes, but also
- special code to enable the use of these addressing modes.
-
- The FINALIZE_PIC macro serves as a hook to emit these special
- codes once the function is being compiled into assembly code, but not
- before. (It is not done before, because in the case of compiling an
- inline function, it would lead to multiple PIC prologues being
- included in functions which used inline functions and were compiled to
- assembly language.) */
-
-/*#define FINALIZE_PIC m32r_finalize_pic ()*/
-
-/* A C expression that is nonzero if X is a legitimate immediate
- operand on the target machine when generating position independent code.
- You can assume that X satisfies CONSTANT_P, so you need not
- check this. You can also assume `flag_pic' is true, so you need not
- check it either. You need not define this macro if all constants
- (including SYMBOL_REF) can be immediate operands when generating
- position independent code. */
-/*#define LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P(X)*/
-
-/* Control the assembler format that we output. */
-
-/* Output at beginning of assembler file. */
-#define ASM_FILE_START(FILE) m32r_asm_file_start (FILE)
-
-/* A C string constant describing how to begin a comment in the target
- assembler language. The compiler assumes that the comment will
- end at the end of the line. */
-#define ASM_COMMENT_START ";"
-
-/* Output to assembler file text saying following lines
- may contain character constants, extra white space, comments, etc. */
-#define ASM_APP_ON ""
-
-/* Output to assembler file text saying following lines
- no longer contain unusual constructs. */
-#define ASM_APP_OFF ""
-
-/* This is how to output an assembler line defining a `char' constant. */
-#define ASM_OUTPUT_CHAR(FILE, VALUE) \
-do { \
- fprintf (FILE, "\t.byte\t"); \
- output_addr_const (FILE, (VALUE)); \
- fprintf (FILE, "\n"); \
-} while (0)
-
-/* This is how to output an assembler line defining a `short' constant. */
-#define ASM_OUTPUT_SHORT(FILE, VALUE) \
-do { \
- fprintf (FILE, "\t.hword\t"); \
- output_addr_const (FILE, (VALUE)); \
- fprintf (FILE, "\n"); \
-} while (0)
-
-/* This is how to output an assembler line defining an `int' constant.
- We also handle symbol output here. */
-#define ASM_OUTPUT_INT(FILE, VALUE) \
-do { \
- fprintf (FILE, "\t.word\t"); \
- output_addr_const (FILE, (VALUE)); \
- fprintf (FILE, "\n"); \
-} while (0)
-
-/* This is how to output an assembler line defining a `float' constant. */
-#define ASM_OUTPUT_FLOAT(FILE, VALUE) \
-do { \
- long t; \
- char str[30]; \
- REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE ((VALUE), t); \
- REAL_VALUE_TO_DECIMAL ((VALUE), "%.20e", str); \
- fprintf (FILE, "\t.word\t0x%lx %s %s\n", \
- t, ASM_COMMENT_START, str); \
-} while (0)
-
-/* This is how to output an assembler line defining a `double' constant. */
-#define ASM_OUTPUT_DOUBLE(FILE, VALUE) \
-do { \
- long t[2]; \
- char str[30]; \
- REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE ((VALUE), t); \
- REAL_VALUE_TO_DECIMAL ((VALUE), "%.20e", str); \
- fprintf (FILE, "\t.word\t0x%lx %s %s\n\t.word\t0x%lx\n", \
- t[0], ASM_COMMENT_START, str, t[1]); \
-} while (0)
-
-/* This is how to output an assembler line for a numeric constant byte. */
-#define ASM_OUTPUT_BYTE(FILE, VALUE) \
- fprintf (FILE, "\t%s\t0x%x\n", ASM_BYTE_OP, (VALUE))
-
-/* The assembler's parentheses characters. */
-#define ASM_OPEN_PAREN "("
-#define ASM_CLOSE_PAREN ")"
-
-/* This is how to output the definition of a user-level label named NAME,
- such as the label on a static function or variable NAME. */
-/* On the M32R we need to ensure the next instruction starts on a 32 bit
- boundary [the previous insn must either be 2 16 bit insns or 1 32 bit]. */
-#define ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL(FILE, NAME) \
-do { \
- assemble_name (FILE, NAME); \
- fputs (":\n", FILE); \
-} while (0)
-
-/* This is how to output a command to make the user-level label named NAME
- defined for reference from other files. */
-#define ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL(FILE, NAME) \
-do { \
- fputs ("\t.global\t", FILE); \
- assemble_name (FILE, NAME); \
- fputs ("\n", FILE); \
-} while (0)
-
-/* This is how to output a reference to a user-level label named NAME.
- `assemble_name' uses this. */
-#undef ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF
-#define ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF(FILE, NAME) \
-do { \
- char * real_name; \
- STRIP_NAME_ENCODING (real_name, (NAME)); \
- asm_fprintf (FILE, "%U%s", real_name); \
-} while (0)
-
-/* If -Os, don't force line number labels to begin at the beginning of
- the word; we still want the assembler to try to put things in parallel,
- should that be possible.
- For m32r/d, instructions are never in parallel (other than with a nop)
- and the simulator and stub both handle a breakpoint in the middle of
- a word so don't ever force line number labels to begin at the beginning
- of a word. */
-
-#undef ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE
-#define ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE(file, line) \
-do \
- { \
- static int sym_lineno = 1; \
- fprintf (file, ".stabn 68,0,%d,.LM%d-", \
- line, sym_lineno); \
- assemble_name (file, \
- XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (current_function_decl), 0), 0));\
- fprintf (file, \
- (optimize_size || TARGET_M32R) \
- ? "\n\t.debugsym .LM%d\n" \
- : "\n.LM%d:\n", \
- sym_lineno); \
- sym_lineno += 1; \
- } \
-while (0)
-
-/* Store in OUTPUT a string (made with alloca) containing
- an assembler-name for a local static variable named NAME.
- LABELNO is an integer which is different for each call. */
-#define ASM_FORMAT_PRIVATE_NAME(OUTPUT, NAME, LABELNO) \
-do { \
- (OUTPUT) = (char *) alloca (strlen ((NAME)) + 10); \
- sprintf ((OUTPUT), "%s.%d", (NAME), (LABELNO)); \
-} while (0)
-
-/* How to refer to registers in assembler output.
- This sequence is indexed by compiler's hard-register-number (see above). */
-#ifndef SUBTARGET_REGISTER_NAMES
-#define SUBTARGET_REGISTER_NAMES
-#endif
-
-#define REGISTER_NAMES \
-{ \
- "r0", "r1", "r2", "r3", "r4", "r5", "r6", "r7", \
- "r8", "r9", "r10", "r11", "r12", "fp", "lr", "sp", \
- "ap", "cbit", "a0" \
- SUBTARGET_REGISTER_NAMES \
-}
-
-/* If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing
- a name and a register number. This macro defines additional names
- for hard registers, thus allowing the `asm' option in declarations
- to refer to registers using alternate names. */
-#ifndef SUBTARGET_ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
-#define SUBTARGET_ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
-#endif
-
-#define ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES \
-{ \
- /*{ "gp", GP_REGNUM },*/ \
- { "r13", FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM }, \
- { "r14", RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM }, \
- { "r15", STACK_POINTER_REGNUM }, \
- SUBTARGET_ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES \
-}
-
-/* A C expression which evaluates to true if CODE is a valid
- punctuation character for use in the `PRINT_OPERAND' macro. */
-extern char m32r_punct_chars[];
-#define PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P(CHAR) \
-m32r_punct_chars[(unsigned char) (CHAR)]
-
-/* Print operand X (an rtx) in assembler syntax to file FILE.
- CODE is a letter or dot (`z' in `%z0') or 0 if no letter was specified.
- For `%' followed by punctuation, CODE is the punctuation and X is null. */
-#define PRINT_OPERAND(FILE, X, CODE) \
-m32r_print_operand (FILE, X, CODE)
-
-/* A C compound statement to output to stdio stream STREAM the
- assembler syntax for an instruction operand that is a memory
- reference whose address is ADDR. ADDR is an RTL expression.
-
- On some machines, the syntax for a symbolic address depends on
- the section that the address refers to. On these machines,
- define the macro `ENCODE_SECTION_INFO' to store the information
- into the `symbol_ref', and then check for it here. */
-#define PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS(FILE, ADDR) \
-m32r_print_operand_address (FILE, ADDR)
-
-/* If defined, C string expressions to be used for the `%R', `%L',
- `%U', and `%I' options of `asm_fprintf' (see `final.c'). These
- are useful when a single `md' file must support multiple assembler
- formats. In that case, the various `tm.h' files can define these
- macros differently. */
-#define REGISTER_PREFIX ""
-#define LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX ".L"
-#define USER_LABEL_PREFIX ""
-#define IMMEDIATE_PREFIX "#"
-
-/* This is how to output an element of a case-vector that is absolute. */
-#define ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT(FILE, VALUE) \
-do { \
- char label[30]; \
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", VALUE); \
- fprintf (FILE, "\t.word\t"); \
- assemble_name (FILE, label); \
- fprintf (FILE, "\n"); \
-} while (0)
-
-/* This is how to output an element of a case-vector that is relative. */
-#define ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_DIFF_ELT(FILE, BODY, VALUE, REL) \
-do { \
- char label[30]; \
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", VALUE); \
- fprintf (FILE, "\t.word\t"); \
- assemble_name (FILE, label); \
- fprintf (FILE, "-"); \
- ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", REL); \
- assemble_name (FILE, label); \
- fprintf (FILE, ")\n"); \
-} while (0)
-
-/* The desired alignment for the location counter at the beginning
- of a loop. */
-/* On the M32R, align loops to 32 byte boundaries (cache line size)
- if -malign-loops. */
-#define LOOP_ALIGN(LABEL) (TARGET_ALIGN_LOOPS ? 5 : 0)
-
-/* Define this to be the maximum number of insns to move around when moving
- a loop test from the top of a loop to the bottom
- and seeing whether to duplicate it. The default is thirty.
-
- Loop unrolling currently doesn't like this optimization, so
- disable doing if we are unrolling loops and saving space. */
-#define LOOP_TEST_THRESHOLD (optimize_size \
- && !flag_unroll_loops \
- && !flag_unroll_all_loops ? 2 : 30)
-
-/* This is how to output an assembler line
- that says to advance the location counter
- to a multiple of 2**LOG bytes. */
-/* .balign is used to avoid confusion. */
-#define ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN(FILE,LOG) \
-do { \
- if ((LOG) != 0) \
- fprintf (FILE, "\t.balign %d\n", 1 << (LOG)); \
-} while (0)
-
-/* Like `ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON' except takes the required alignment as a
- separate, explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in
- place of `ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON', and gives you more flexibility in
- handling the required alignment of the variable. The alignment is
- specified as the number of bits. */
-
-#define SCOMMON_ASM_OP ".scomm"
-
-#undef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON
-#define ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON(FILE, NAME, SIZE, ALIGN) \
-do { \
- if (! TARGET_SDATA_NONE \
- && (SIZE) > 0 && (SIZE) <= g_switch_value) \
- fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t", SCOMMON_ASM_OP); \
- else \
- fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t", COMMON_ASM_OP); \
- assemble_name ((FILE), (NAME)); \
- fprintf ((FILE), ",%u,%u\n", (SIZE), (ALIGN) / BITS_PER_UNIT); \
-} while (0)
-
-/* Like `ASM_OUTPUT_BSS' except takes the required alignment as a
- separate, explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in
- place of `ASM_OUTPUT_BSS', and gives you more flexibility in
- handling the required alignment of the variable. The alignment is
- specified as the number of bits.
-
- For the M32R we need sbss support. */
-
-#define ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS(FILE, DECL, NAME, SIZE, ALIGN) \
-do { \
- ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (FILE, NAME); \
- ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (FILE, NAME, SIZE, ALIGN); \
-} while (0)
-
-/* Debugging information. */
-
-/* Generate DBX and DWARF debugging information. */
-#undef DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO
-#undef DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO
-#undef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
-
-#define DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO
-#define DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO
-#define DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
-
-/* Prefer STABS (for now). */
-#undef PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE
-#define PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE DBX_DEBUG
-
-/* How to renumber registers for dbx and gdb. */
-#define DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER(REGNO) (REGNO)
-
-/* Turn off splitting of long stabs. */
-#define DBX_CONTIN_LENGTH 0
-
-/* Miscellaneous. */
-
-/* Specify the machine mode that this machine uses
- for the index in the tablejump instruction. */
-#define CASE_VECTOR_MODE Pmode
-
-/* Define as C expression which evaluates to nonzero if the tablejump
- instruction expects the table to contain offsets from the address of the
- table.
- Do not define this if the table should contain absolute addresses. */
-/* It's not clear what PIC will look like or whether we want to use -fpic
- for the embedded form currently being talked about. For now require -fpic
- to get pc relative switch tables. */
-/*#define CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE 1 */
-
-/* Define if operations between registers always perform the operation
- on the full register even if a narrower mode is specified. */
-#define WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
-
-/* Define if loading in MODE, an integral mode narrower than BITS_PER_WORD
- will either zero-extend or sign-extend. The value of this macro should
- be the code that says which one of the two operations is implicitly
- done, NIL if none. */
-#define LOAD_EXTEND_OP(MODE) ZERO_EXTEND
-
-/* Specify the tree operation to be used to convert reals to integers. */
-#define IMPLICIT_FIX_EXPR FIX_ROUND_EXPR
-
-/* This is the kind of divide that is easiest to do in the general case. */
-#define EASY_DIV_EXPR TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
-
-/* Max number of bytes we can move from memory to memory
- in one reasonably fast instruction. */
-#define MOVE_MAX 4
-
-/* Define this to be nonzero if shift instructions ignore all but the low-order
- few bits. */
-#define SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED 1
-
-/* Value is 1 if truncating an integer of INPREC bits to OUTPREC bits
- is done just by pretending it is already truncated. */
-#define TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION(OUTPREC, INPREC) 1
-
-/* We assume that the store-condition-codes instructions store 0 for false
- and some other value for true. This is the value stored for true. */
-#define STORE_FLAG_VALUE 1
-
-/* Specify the machine mode that pointers have.
- After generation of rtl, the compiler makes no further distinction
- between pointers and any other objects of this machine mode. */
-/* ??? The M32R doesn't have full 32 bit pointers, but making this PSImode has
- it's own problems (you have to add extendpsisi2 and truncsipsi2).
- Try to avoid it. */
-#define Pmode SImode
-
-/* A function address in a call instruction. */
-#define FUNCTION_MODE SImode
-
-/* A C expression whose value is nonzero if IDENTIFIER with arguments ARGS
- is a valid machine specific attribute for DECL.
- The attributes in ATTRIBUTES have previously been assigned to TYPE. */
-#define VALID_MACHINE_DECL_ATTRIBUTE(DECL, ATTRIBUTES, IDENTIFIER, ARGS) \
-m32r_valid_machine_decl_attribute (DECL, ATTRIBUTES, IDENTIFIER, ARGS)
-
-/* A C expression that returns zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are
- incompatible, one if they are compatible, and two if they are
- nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be generated). */
-#define COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES(TYPE1, TYPE2) \
-m32r_comp_type_attributes (TYPE1, TYPE2)
-
-/* Give newly defined TYPE some default attributes. */
-#define SET_DEFAULT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES(TYPE) \
-m32r_set_default_type_attributes (TYPE)
-
-/* Define the information needed to generate branch and scc insns. This is
- stored from the compare operation. Note that we can't use "rtx" here
- since it hasn't been defined! */
-extern struct rtx_def * m32r_compare_op0;
-extern struct rtx_def * m32r_compare_op1;
-
-/* M32R function types. */
-enum m32r_function_type
-{
- M32R_FUNCTION_UNKNOWN,
- M32R_FUNCTION_NORMAL,
- M32R_FUNCTION_INTERRUPT
-};
-
-#define M32R_INTERRUPT_P(TYPE) ((TYPE) == M32R_FUNCTION_INTERRUPT)
-
-/* Define this if you have defined special-purpose predicates in the
- file `MACHINE.c'. This macro is called within an initializer of an
- array of structures. The first field in the structure is the name
- of a predicate and the second field is an array of rtl codes. For
- each predicate, list all rtl codes that can be in expressions
- matched by the predicate. The list should have a trailing comma. */
-
-#define PREDICATE_CODES \
-{ "conditional_compare_operand",{ EQ, NE }}, \
-{ "binary_parallel_operator", { PLUS, MINUS, MULT, AND, IOR, XOR }}, \
-{ "unary_parallel_operator", { NOT, NEG }}, \
-{ "reg_or_zero_operand", { REG, SUBREG, CONST_INT }}, \
-{ "carry_compare_operand", { EQ, NE }}, \
-{ "eqne_comparison_operator", { EQ, NE }}, \
-{ "signed_comparison_operator", { EQ, NE, LT, LE, GT, GE }}, \
-{ "move_dest_operand", { REG, SUBREG, MEM }}, \
-{ "move_src_operand", { REG, SUBREG, MEM, CONST_INT, \
- CONST_DOUBLE, LABEL_REF, CONST, \
- SYMBOL_REF }}, \
-{ "move_double_src_operand", { REG, SUBREG, MEM, CONST_INT, \
- CONST_DOUBLE }}, \
-{ "two_insn_const_operand", { CONST_INT }}, \
-{ "symbolic_operand", { SYMBOL_REF, LABEL_REF, CONST }}, \
-{ "seth_add3_operand", { SYMBOL_REF, LABEL_REF, CONST }}, \
-{ "int8_operand", { CONST_INT }}, \
-{ "uint16_operand", { CONST_INT }}, \
-{ "reg_or_int16_operand", { REG, SUBREG, CONST_INT }}, \
-{ "reg_or_uint16_operand", { REG, SUBREG, CONST_INT }}, \
-{ "reg_or_cmp_int16_operand", { REG, SUBREG, CONST_INT }}, \
-{ "reg_or_eq_int16_operand", { REG, SUBREG, CONST_INT }}, \
-{ "cmp_int16_operand", { CONST_INT }}, \
-{ "call_address_operand", { SYMBOL_REF, LABEL_REF, CONST }}, \
-{ "extend_operand", { REG, SUBREG, MEM }}, \
-{ "small_insn_p", { INSN, CALL_INSN, JUMP_INSN }}, \
-{ "m32r_not_same_reg", { REG, SUBREG }}, \
-{ "m32r_block_immediate_operand",{ CONST_INT }}, \
-{ "large_insn_p", { INSN, CALL_INSN, JUMP_INSN }},
-
-/* Functions declared in m32r.c */
-#ifndef PROTO
-#if defined (USE_PROTOTYPES) ? USE_PROTOTYPES : defined (__STDC__)
-#define PROTO(ARGS) ARGS
-#else
-#define PROTO(ARGS) ()
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef BUFSIZ /* stdio.h has been included, ok to use FILE * */
-#define STDIO_PROTO(ARGS) PROTO(ARGS)
-#else
-#define STDIO_PROTO(ARGS) ()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TREE_CODE
-union tree_node;
-#define Tree union tree_node *
-#else
-#define Tree tree
-#endif
-
-#ifndef RTX_CODE
-struct rtx_def;
-#define Rtx struct rtx_def *
-#else
-#define Rtx rtx
-#endif
-
-extern void sbss_section PROTO((void));
-extern void sdata_section PROTO((void));
-extern void m32r_init PROTO((void));
-extern int m32r_valid_machine_decl_attribute PROTO((Tree, Tree, Tree, Tree));
-extern int m32r_comp_type_attributes PROTO((Tree, Tree));
-extern void m32r_select_section PROTO((Tree, int));
-extern void m32r_encode_section_info PROTO((Tree));
-extern void m32r_init_expanders PROTO((void));
-extern int call_address_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int call_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int symbolic_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int small_data_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int addr24_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int addr32_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int call26_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int seth_add3_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int int8_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int cmp_int16_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int uint16_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int reg_or_int16_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int reg_or_uint16_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int reg_or_cmp_nt16_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int reg_or_eqne_nt16_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int two_insn_const_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int move_src_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int move_double_src_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int move_dest_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int easy_di_const PROTO((Rtx));
-extern int easy_df_const PROTO((Rtx));
-extern int eqne_comparison_operator PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int signed_comparison_operator PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int memreg_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int extend_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int reg_or_zero_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int small_insn_p PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int large_insn_p PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int direct_return PROTO((void));
-extern int m32r_select_cc_mode PROTO((int, Rtx, Rtx));
-extern Rtx gen_compare PROTO((int, Rtx, Rtx, Rtx));
-extern Rtx gen_split_move_double PROTO((Rtx *));
-extern int function_arg_partial_nregs PROTO((CUMULATIVE_ARGS *,
- int, Tree, int));
-extern void m32r_setup_incoming_varargs PROTO((CUMULATIVE_ARGS *,
- int, Tree, int *,
- int));
-extern int m32r_address_cost PROTO((Rtx));
-extern int m32r_adjust_cost PROTO((Rtx, Rtx, Rtx, int));
-extern int m32r_adjust_priority PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern void m32r_sched_init STDIO_PROTO((FILE *, int));
-extern void m32r_sched_reorder STDIO_PROTO((FILE *, int, Rtx *, int));
-extern int m32r_sched_variable_issue STDIO_PROTO((FILE *, int, Rtx, int));
-extern enum m32r_function_type m32r_compute_function_type
- PROTO((Tree));
-extern unsigned m32r_compute_frame_size PROTO((int));
-extern int m32r_first_insn_address PROTO((void));
-extern void m32r_expand_prologue PROTO((void));
-extern void m32r_output_function_prologue STDIO_PROTO((FILE *, int));
-extern void m32r_output_function_epilogue STDIO_PROTO((FILE *, int));
-extern void m32r_finalize_pic PROTO((void));
-extern void m32r_initialize_trampoline PROTO((Rtx, Rtx, Rtx));
-extern void m32r_asm_file_start STDIO_PROTO((FILE *));
-extern void m32r_print_operand STDIO_PROTO((FILE *, Rtx, int));
-extern void m32r_print_operand_address STDIO_PROTO((FILE *, Rtx));
-extern int zero_and_one PROTO((Rtx, Rtx));
-extern int conditional_move_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int carry_compare_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern char *emit_cond_move PROTO((Rtx *, Rtx));
-extern int conditional_compare_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int binary_parallel_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern int unary_parallel_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern char *emit_binary_cond_exec PROTO((Rtx *, int));
-extern char *emit_unary_cond_exec PROTO((Rtx *, int));
-
-/* Externals that are referenced, but may not have the proper include file
- dragged in. */
-extern int optimize;
-extern int optimize_size;
-
-/* END CYGNUS LOCAL -- meissner/m32r work */
-
-extern int m32r_not_same_reg PROTO((Rtx, Rtx));
-extern char * m32r_output_block_move PROTO((Rtx, Rtx *));
-extern int m32r_block_immediate_operand PROTO((Rtx, int));
-extern void m32r_expand_block_move PROTO((Rtx *));
diff --git a/gcc/config/m32r/m32r.md b/gcc/config/m32r/m32r.md
deleted file mode 100755
index 859ed1b..0000000
--- a/gcc/config/m32r/m32r.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2649 +0,0 @@
-;; CYGNUS LOCAL -- meissner/m32r work
-;; Machine description of the Mitsubishi M32R cpu for GNU C compiler
-;; Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; This file is part of GNU CC.
-
-;; GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-;; GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-;; the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-;; See file "rtl.def" for documentation on define_insn, match_*, et. al.
-
-;; unspec usage
-;; 0 - blockage
-;; 1 - flush_icache
-;; 2 - load_sda_base
-;; 3 - setting carry in addx/subx instructions.
-
-;; Insn type. Used to default other attribute values.
-(define_attr "type"
- "int2,int4,load2,load4,load8,store2,store4,store8,shift2,shift4,mul2,div4,uncond_branch,branch,call,multi,misc"
- (const_string "misc"))
-
-;; Length in bytes.
-(define_attr "length" ""
- (cond [(eq_attr "type" "int2,load2,store2,shift2,mul2")
- (const_int 2)
-
- (eq_attr "type" "int4,load4,store4,shift4,div4")
- (const_int 4)
-
- (eq_attr "type" "multi")
- (const_int 8)
-
- (eq_attr "type" "uncond_branch,branch,call")
- (const_int 4)]
-
- (const_int 4)))
-
-;; The length here is the length of a single asm. Unfortunately it might be
-;; 2 or 4 so we must allow for 4. That's ok though.
-(define_asm_attributes
- [(set_attr "length" "4")
- (set_attr "type" "multi")])
-
-
-;; Whether an instruction is 16-bit or 32-bit
-(define_attr "insn_size" "short,long"
- (if_then_else (eq_attr "type" "int2,load2,store2,shift2,mul2")
- (const_string "short")
- (const_string "long")))
-
-(define_attr "debug" "no,yes"
- (const (symbol_ref "(TARGET_DEBUG != 0)")))
-
-(define_attr "opt_size" "no,yes"
- (const (symbol_ref "(optimize_size != 0)")))
-
-(define_attr "m32r" "no,yes"
- (const (symbol_ref "(TARGET_M32R != 0)")))
-
-(define_attr "m32rx" "no,yes"
- (const (symbol_ref "(TARGET_M32RX != 0)")))
-
-(define_attr "m32rx_pipeline" "either,s,o,long,m32r"
- (cond [(eq_attr "m32rx" "no")
- (const_string "m32r")
-
- (eq_attr "insn_size" "!short")
- (const_string "long")]
-
- (cond [(eq_attr "type" "int2")
- (const_string "either")
-
- (eq_attr "type" "load2,store2,shift2,uncond_branch,branch,call")
- (const_string "o")
-
- (eq_attr "type" "mul2")
- (const_string "s")]
-
- (const_string "long"))))
-
-
-;; ::::::::::::::::::::
-;; ::
-;; :: Function Units
-;; ::
-;; ::::::::::::::::::::
-
-;; On most RISC machines, there are instructions whose results are not
-;; available for a specific number of cycles. Common cases are instructions
-;; that load data from memory. On many machines, a pipeline stall will result
-;; if the data is referenced too soon after the load instruction.
-
-;; In addition, many newer microprocessors have multiple function units,
-;; usually one for integer and one for floating point, and often will incur
-;; pipeline stalls when a result that is needed is not yet ready.
-
-;; The descriptions in this section allow the specification of how much time
-;; must elapse between the execution of an instruction and the time when its
-;; result is used. It also allows specification of when the execution of an
-;; instruction will delay execution of similar instructions due to function
-;; unit conflicts.
-
-;; For the purposes of the specifications in this section, a machine is divided
-;; into "function units", each of which execute a specific class of
-;; instructions in first-in-first-out order. Function units that accept one
-;; instruction each cycle and allow a result to be used in the succeeding
-;; instruction (usually via forwarding) need not be specified. Classic RISC
-;; microprocessors will normally have a single function unit, which we can call
-;; `memory'. The newer "superscalar" processors will often have function units
-;; for floating point operations, usually at least a floating point adder and
-;; multiplier.
-
-;; Each usage of a function units by a class of insns is specified with a
-;; `define_function_unit' expression, which looks like this:
-
-;; (define_function_unit NAME MULTIPLICITY SIMULTANEITY TEST READY-DELAY
-;; ISSUE-DELAY [CONFLICT-LIST])
-
-;; NAME is a string giving the name of the function unit.
-
-;; MULTIPLICITY is an integer specifying the number of identical units in the
-;; processor. If more than one unit is specified, they will be scheduled
-;; independently. Only truly independent units should be counted; a pipelined
-;; unit should be specified as a single unit. (The only common example of a
-;; machine that has multiple function units for a single instruction class that
-;; are truly independent and not pipelined are the two multiply and two
-;; increment units of the CDC 6600.)
-
-;; SIMULTANEITY specifies the maximum number of insns that can be executing in
-;; each instance of the function unit simultaneously or zero if the unit is
-;; pipelined and has no limit.
-
-;; All `define_function_unit' definitions referring to function unit NAME must
-;; have the same name and values for MULTIPLICITY and SIMULTANEITY.
-
-;; TEST is an attribute test that selects the insns we are describing in this
-;; definition. Note that an insn may use more than one function unit and a
-;; function unit may be specified in more than one `define_function_unit'.
-
-;; READY-DELAY is an integer that specifies the number of cycles after which
-;; the result of the instruction can be used without introducing any stalls.
-
-;; ISSUE-DELAY is an integer that specifies the number of cycles after the
-;; instruction matching the TEST expression begins using this unit until a
-;; subsequent instruction can begin. A cost of N indicates an N-1 cycle delay.
-;; A subsequent instruction may also be delayed if an earlier instruction has a
-;; longer READY-DELAY value. This blocking effect is computed using the
-;; SIMULTANEITY, READY-DELAY, ISSUE-DELAY, and CONFLICT-LIST terms. For a
-;; normal non-pipelined function unit, SIMULTANEITY is one, the unit is taken
-;; to block for the READY-DELAY cycles of the executing insn, and smaller
-;; values of ISSUE-DELAY are ignored.
-
-;; CONFLICT-LIST is an optional list giving detailed conflict costs for this
-;; unit. If specified, it is a list of condition test expressions to be
-;; applied to insns chosen to execute in NAME following the particular insn
-;; matching TEST that is already executing in NAME. For each insn in the list,
-;; ISSUE-DELAY specifies the conflict cost; for insns not in the list, the cost
-;; is zero. If not specified, CONFLICT-LIST defaults to all instructions that
-;; use the function unit.
-
-;; Typical uses of this vector are where a floating point function unit can
-;; pipeline either single- or double-precision operations, but not both, or
-;; where a memory unit can pipeline loads, but not stores, etc.
-
-;; As an example, consider a classic RISC machine where the result of a load
-;; instruction is not available for two cycles (a single "delay" instruction is
-;; required) and where only one load instruction can be executed
-;; simultaneously. This would be specified as:
-
-;; (define_function_unit "memory" 1 1 (eq_attr "type" "load") 2 0)
-
-;; For the case of a floating point function unit that can pipeline
-;; either single or double precision, but not both, the following could be
-;; specified:
-;;
-;; (define_function_unit "fp" 1 0
-;; (eq_attr "type" "sp_fp") 4 4
-;; [(eq_attr "type" "dp_fp")])
-;;
-;; (define_function_unit "fp" 1 0
-;; (eq_attr "type" "dp_fp") 4 4
-;; [(eq_attr "type" "sp_fp")])
-
-;; Note: The scheduler attempts to avoid function unit conflicts and uses all
-;; the specifications in the `define_function_unit' expression. It has
-;; recently come to our attention that these specifications may not allow
-;; modeling of some of the newer "superscalar" processors that have insns using
-;; multiple pipelined units. These insns will cause a potential conflict for
-;; the second unit used during their execution and there is no way of
-;; representing that conflict. We welcome any examples of how function unit
-;; conflicts work in such processors and suggestions for their representation.
-
-;; Function units of the M32R
-;; Units that take one cycle do not need to be specified.
-
-;; (define_function_unit {name} {multiplicity} {simulataneity} {test}
-;; {ready-delay} {issue-delay} [{conflict-list}])
-
-;; Hack to get GCC to better pack the instructions.
-;; We pretend there is a separate long function unit that conflicts with
-;; both the left and right 16 bit insn slots.
-
-(define_function_unit "short" 2 2
- (and (eq_attr "m32r" "yes")
- (and (eq_attr "insn_size" "short")
- (eq_attr "type" "!load2")))
- 1 0
- [(eq_attr "insn_size" "long")])
-
-(define_function_unit "short" 2 2 ;; load delay of 1 clock for mem execution + 1 clock for WB
- (and (eq_attr "m32r" "yes")
- (eq_attr "type" "load2"))
- 3 0
- [(eq_attr "insn_size" "long")])
-
-(define_function_unit "long" 1 1
- (and (eq_attr "m32r" "yes")
- (and (eq_attr "insn_size" "long")
- (eq_attr "type" "!load4,load8")))
- 1 0
- [(eq_attr "insn_size" "short")])
-
-(define_function_unit "long" 1 1 ;; load delay of 1 clock for mem execution + 1 clock for WB
- (and (eq_attr "m32r" "yes")
- (and (eq_attr "insn_size" "long")
- (eq_attr "type" "load4,load8")))
- 3 0
- [(eq_attr "insn_size" "short")])
-
-(define_function_unit "left" 1 1
- (and (eq_attr "m32rx_pipeline" "o,either")
- (eq_attr "type" "!load2"))
- 1 0
- [(eq_attr "insn_size" "long")])
-
-(define_function_unit "left" 1 1 ;; load delay of 1 clock for mem execution + 1 clock for WB
- (and (eq_attr "m32rx_pipeline" "o,either")
- (eq_attr "type" "load2"))
- 3 0
- [(eq_attr "insn_size" "long")])
-
-(define_function_unit "right" 1 1
- (eq_attr "m32rx_pipeline" "s,either")
- 1 0
- [(eq_attr "insn_size" "long")])
-
-(define_function_unit "long" 1 1
- (and (eq_attr "m32rx" "yes")
- (and (eq_attr "insn_size" "long")
- (eq_attr "type" "!load4,load8")))
- 2 0
- [(eq_attr "insn_size" "short")])
-
-(define_function_unit "long" 1 1 ;; load delay of 1 clock for mem execution + 1 clock for WB
- (and (eq_attr "m32rx" "yes")
- (and (eq_attr "insn_size" "long")
- (eq_attr "type" "load4,load8")))
- 3 0
- [(eq_attr "insn_size" "short")])
-
-
-;; Instruction grouping
-
-(define_insn "*small_sequence"
- [(group_sequence [(match_insn2 0 "small_insn_p")
- (match_insn2 1 "small_insn_p")])]
- ""
- "*
-{
- abort ();
-}"
- [(set_attr "length" "4")
- (set_attr "type" "multi")])
-
-(define_insn "*small_parallel"
- [(group_parallel [(match_insn2 0 "small_insn_p")
- (match_insn2 1 "small_insn_p")])]
- "TARGET_M32RX"
- "*
-{
- abort ();
-}"
- [(set_attr "length" "4")
- (set_attr "type" "multi")])
-
-(define_insn "*long_group"
- [(group_sequence [(match_insn2 0 "large_insn_p")])]
- ""
- "*
-{
- abort ();
-}"
- [(set_attr "length" "4")
- (set_attr "type" "multi")])
-
-
-;; Expand prologue as RTL
-(define_expand "prologue"
- [(const_int 1)]
- ""
- "
-{
- m32r_expand_prologue ();
- DONE;
-}")
-
-
-;; Move instructions.
-;;
-;; For QI and HI moves, the register must contain the full properly
-;; sign-extended value. nonzero_bits assumes this [otherwise
-;; SHORT_IMMEDIATES_SIGN_EXTEND must be used, but the comment for it
-;; says it's a kludge and the .md files should be fixed instead].
-
-(define_expand "movqi"
- [(set (match_operand:QI 0 "general_operand" "")
- (match_operand:QI 1 "general_operand" ""))]
- ""
- "
-{
- /* Everything except mem = const or mem = mem can be done easily.
- Objects in the small data area are handled too. */
-
- if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM)
- operands[1] = force_reg (QImode, operands[1]);
-}")
-
-(define_insn "*movqi_insn"
- [(set (match_operand:QI 0 "move_dest_operand" "=r,r,r,r,r,T,m")
- (match_operand:QI 1 "move_src_operand" "r,I,JQR,T,m,r,r"))]
- "register_operand (operands[0], QImode) || register_operand (operands[1], QImode)"
- "@
- mv %0,%1
- ldi %0,%#%1
- ldi %0,%#%1
- ldub %0,%1
- ldub %0,%1
- stb %1,%0
- stb %1,%0"
- [(set_attr "type" "int2,int2,int4,load2,load4,store2,store4")
- (set_attr "length" "2,2,4,2,4,2,4")])
-
-(define_expand "movhi"
- [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "general_operand" "")
- (match_operand:HI 1 "general_operand" ""))]
- ""
- "
-{
- /* Everything except mem = const or mem = mem can be done easily. */
-
- if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM)
- operands[1] = force_reg (HImode, operands[1]);
-}")
-
-(define_insn "*movhi_insn"
- [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "move_dest_operand" "=r,r,r,r,r,r,T,m")
- (match_operand:HI 1 "move_src_operand" "r,I,JQR,K,T,m,r,r"))]
- "register_operand (operands[0], HImode) || register_operand (operands[1], HImode)"
- "@
- mv %0,%1
- ldi %0,%#%1
- ldi %0,%#%1
- ld24 %0,%#%1
- lduh %0,%1
- lduh %0,%1
- sth %1,%0
- sth %1,%0"
- [(set_attr "type" "int2,int2,int4,int4,load2,load4,store2,store4")
- (set_attr "length" "2,2,4,4,2,4,2,4")])
-
-(define_expand "movsi_push"
- [(set (mem:SI (pre_dec:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")))
- (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" ""))]
- ""
- "")
-
-(define_expand "movsi_pop"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (mem:SI (post_inc:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" ""))))]
- ""
- "")
-
-(define_expand "movsi"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" ""))]
- ""
- "
-{
- /* Everything except mem = const or mem = mem can be done easily. */
-
- if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM)
- operands[1] = force_reg (SImode, operands[1]);
-
- /* Small Data Area reference? */
- if (small_data_operand (operands[1], SImode))
- {
- emit_insn (gen_movsi_sda (operands[0], operands[1]));
- DONE;
- }
-
- /* If medium or large code model, symbols have to be loaded with
- seth/add3. */
- if (addr32_operand (operands[1], SImode))
- {
- emit_insn (gen_movsi_addr32 (operands[0], operands[1]));
- DONE;
- }
-}")
-
-;; ??? Do we need a const_double constraint here for large unsigned values?
-(define_insn "*movsi_insn"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "move_dest_operand" "=r,r,r,r,r,r,r,r,r,T,S,m")
- (match_operand:SI 1 "move_src_operand" "r,I,J,MQ,L,n,T,U,m,r,r,r"))]
- "register_operand (operands[0], SImode) || register_operand (operands[1], SImode)"
- "*
-{
- if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == REG || GET_CODE (operands[1]) == SUBREG)
- {
- switch (GET_CODE (operands[1]))
- {
- HOST_WIDE_INT value;
-
- default:
- break;
-
- case REG:
- case SUBREG:
- return \"mv %0,%1\";
-
- case MEM:
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[1], 0)) == POST_INC
- && XEXP (XEXP (operands[1], 0), 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
- return \"pop %0\";
-
- return \"ld %0,%1\";
-
- case CONST_INT:
- value = INTVAL (operands[1]);
- if (INT16_P (value))
- return \"ldi %0,%#%1\\t; %X1\";
-
- if (UINT24_P (value))
- return \"ld24 %0,%#%1\\t; %X1\";
-
- if (UPPER16_P (value))
- return \"seth %0,%#%T1\\t; %X1\";
-
- return \"#\";
-
- case CONST:
- case SYMBOL_REF:
- case LABEL_REF:
- if (TARGET_ADDR24)
- return \"ld24 %0,%#%1\";
-
- return \"#\";
- }
- }
-
- else if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM
- && (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == REG || GET_CODE (operands[1]) == SUBREG))
- {
- if (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[0], 0)) == PRE_DEC
- && XEXP (XEXP (operands[0], 0), 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
- return \"push %1\";
-
- return \"st %1,%0\";
- }
-
- fatal_insn (\"bad movsi insn\", insn);
-}"
- [(set_attr "type" "int2,int2,int4,int4,int4,multi,load2,load2,load4,store2,store2,store4")
- (set_attr "length" "2,2,4,4,4,8,2,2,4,2,2,4")])
-
-; Try to use a four byte / two byte pair for constants not loadable with
-; ldi, ld24, seth.
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SI 1 "two_insn_const_operand" ""))]
- ""
- [(set (match_dup 0) (match_dup 2))
- (set (match_dup 0) (ior:SI (match_dup 0) (match_dup 3)))]
- "
-{
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (operands[1]);
- unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT tmp;
- int shift;
-
- /* In all cases we will emit two instructions. However we try to
- use 2 byte instructions wherever possible. We can assume the
- constant isn't loadable with any of ldi, ld24, or seth. */
-
- /* See if we can load a 24 bit unsigned value and invert it. */
- if (UINT24_P (~ val))
- {
- emit_insn (gen_movsi (operands[0], GEN_INT (~ val)));
- emit_insn (gen_one_cmplsi2 (operands[0], operands[0]));
- DONE;
- }
-
- /* See if we can load a 24 bit unsigned value and shift it into place.
- 0x01fffffe is just beyond ld24's range. */
- for (shift = 1, tmp = 0x01fffffe;
- shift < 8;
- ++shift, tmp <<= 1)
- {
- if ((val & ~tmp) == 0)
- {
- emit_insn (gen_movsi (operands[0], GEN_INT (val >> shift)));
- emit_insn (gen_ashlsi3 (operands[0], operands[0], GEN_INT (shift)));
- DONE;
- }
- }
-
- /* Can't use any two byte insn, fall back to seth/or3. Use ~0xffff instead
- of 0xffff0000, since the later fails on a 64-bit host. */
- operands[2] = GEN_INT ((val) & ~0xffff);
- operands[3] = GEN_INT ((val) & 0xffff);
-}")
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SI 1 "seth_add3_operand" "i"))]
- "TARGET_ADDR32"
- [(set (match_dup 0)
- (high:SI (match_dup 1)))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (lo_sum:SI (match_dup 0)
- (match_dup 1)))]
- "")
-
-;; Small data area support.
-;; The address of _SDA_BASE_ is loaded into a register and all objects in
-;; the small data area are indexed off that. This is done for each reference
-;; but cse will clean things up for us. We let the compiler choose the
-;; register to use so we needn't allocate (and maybe even fix) a special
-;; register to use. Since the load and store insns have a 16 bit offset the
-;; total size of the data area can be 64K. However, if the data area lives
-;; above 16M (24 bits), _SDA_BASE_ will have to be loaded with seth/add3 which
-;; would then yield 3 instructions to reference an object [though there would
-;; be no net loss if two or more objects were referenced]. The 3 insns can be
-;; reduced back to 2 if the size of the small data area were reduced to 32K
-;; [then seth + ld/st would work for any object in the area]. Doing this
-;; would require special handling of _SDA_BASE_ (its value would be
-;; (.sdata + 32K) & 0xffff0000) and reloc computations would be different
-;; [I think]. What to do about this is deferred until later and for now we
-;; require .sdata to be in the first 16M.
-
-(define_expand "movsi_sda"
- [(set (match_dup 2)
- (unspec [(const_int 0)] 2))
- (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (lo_sum:SI (match_dup 2)
- (match_operand:SI 1 "small_data_operand" "")))]
- ""
- "
-{
- if (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
- operands[2] = operands[0];
- else
- operands[2] = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
-}")
-
-(define_insn "*load_sda_base"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (unspec [(const_int 0)] 2))]
- ""
- "ld24 %0,#_SDA_BASE_"
- [(set_attr "type" "int4")
- (set_attr "length" "4")])
-
-;; 32 bit address support.
-
-(define_expand "movsi_addr32"
- [(set (match_dup 2)
- ; addr32_operand isn't used because it's too restrictive,
- ; seth_add3_operand is more general and thus safer.
- (high:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "seth_add3_operand" "")))
- (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (lo_sum:SI (match_dup 2) (match_dup 1)))]
- ""
- "
-{
- if (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
- operands[2] = operands[0];
- else
- operands[2] = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
-}")
-
-(define_insn "set_hi_si"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (high:SI (match_operand 1 "symbolic_operand" "")))]
- ""
- "seth %0,%#shigh(%1)"
- [(set_attr "type" "int4")
- (set_attr "length" "4")])
-
-(define_insn "lo_sum_si"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (lo_sum:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "in")))]
- ""
- "add3 %0,%1,%#%B2"
- [(set_attr "type" "int4")
- (set_attr "length" "4")])
-
-(define_expand "movdi"
- [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "general_operand" "")
- (match_operand:DI 1 "general_operand" ""))]
- ""
- "
-{
- /* Everything except mem = const or mem = mem can be done easily. */
-
- if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM)
- operands[1] = force_reg (DImode, operands[1]);
-}")
-
-(define_insn "*movdi_insn"
- [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "move_dest_operand" "=r,r,r,r,m")
- (match_operand:DI 1 "move_double_src_operand" "r,nG,F,m,r"))]
- "register_operand (operands[0], DImode) || register_operand (operands[1], DImode)"
- "#"
- [(set_attr "type" "multi,multi,multi,load8,store8")
- (set_attr "length" "4,4,16,6,6")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "move_dest_operand" "")
- (match_operand:DI 1 "move_double_src_operand" ""))]
- "reload_completed"
- [(match_dup 2)]
- "operands[2] = gen_split_move_double (operands);")
-
-;; Floating point move insns.
-
-(define_expand "movsf"
- [(set (match_operand:SF 0 "general_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SF 1 "general_operand" ""))]
- ""
- "
-{
- /* Everything except mem = const or mem = mem can be done easily. */
-
- if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM)
- operands[1] = force_reg (SFmode, operands[1]);
-}")
-
-(define_insn "*movsf_insn"
- [(set (match_operand:SF 0 "move_dest_operand" "=r,r,r,r,r,T,S,m")
- (match_operand:SF 1 "move_src_operand" "r,F,U,S,m,r,r,r"))]
- "register_operand (operands[0], SFmode) || register_operand (operands[1], SFmode)"
- "@
- mv %0,%1
- #
- ld %0,%1
- ld %0,%1
- ld %0,%1
- st %1,%0
- st %1,%0
- st %1,%0"
- ;; ??? Length of alternative 1 is either 2, 4 or 8.
- [(set_attr "type" "int2,multi,load2,load2,load4,store2,store2,store4")
- (set_attr "length" "2,8,2,2,4,2,2,4")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SF 0 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SF 1 "const_double_operand" ""))]
- "reload_completed"
- [(set (match_dup 2) (match_dup 3))]
- "
-{
- long l;
- REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
-
- REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, operands[1]);
- REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv, l);
-
- operands[2] = operand_subword (operands[0], 0, 0, SFmode);
- operands[3] = GEN_INT (l);
-}")
-
-(define_expand "movdf"
- [(set (match_operand:DF 0 "general_operand" "")
- (match_operand:DF 1 "general_operand" ""))]
- ""
- "
-{
- /* Everything except mem = const or mem = mem can be done easily. */
-
- if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM)
- operands[1] = force_reg (DFmode, operands[1]);
-}")
-
-(define_insn "*movdf_insn"
- [(set (match_operand:DF 0 "move_dest_operand" "=r,r,r,m")
- (match_operand:DF 1 "move_double_src_operand" "r,F,m,r"))]
- "register_operand (operands[0], DFmode) || register_operand (operands[1], DFmode)"
- "#"
- [(set_attr "type" "multi,multi,load8,store8")
- (set_attr "length" "4,16,6,6")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:DF 0 "move_dest_operand" "")
- (match_operand:DF 1 "move_double_src_operand" ""))]
- "reload_completed"
- [(match_dup 2)]
- "operands[2] = gen_split_move_double (operands);")
-
-;; Zero extension instructions.
-
-(define_insn "zero_extendqihi2"
- [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r")
- (zero_extend:HI (match_operand:QI 1 "extend_operand" "r,T,m")))]
- ""
- "@
- and3 %0,%1,%#255
- ldub %0,%1
- ldub %0,%1"
- [(set_attr "type" "int4,load2,load4")
- (set_attr "length" "4,2,4")])
-
-(define_insn "zero_extendqisi2"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r")
- (zero_extend:SI (match_operand:QI 1 "extend_operand" "r,T,m")))]
- ""
- "@
- and3 %0,%1,%#255
- ldub %0,%1
- ldub %0,%1"
- [(set_attr "type" "int4,load2,load4")
- (set_attr "length" "4,2,4")])
-
-(define_insn "zero_extendhisi2"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r")
- (zero_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 "extend_operand" "r,T,m")))]
- ""
- "@
- and3 %0,%1,%#65535
- lduh %0,%1
- lduh %0,%1"
- [(set_attr "type" "int4,load2,load4")
- (set_attr "length" "4,2,4")])
-
-;; Signed conversions from a smaller integer to a larger integer
-(define_insn "extendqihi2"
- [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r")
- (sign_extend:HI (match_operand:QI 1 "extend_operand" "0,T,m")))]
- ""
- "@
- #
- ldb %0,%1
- ldb %0,%1"
- [(set_attr "type" "multi,load2,load4")
- (set_attr "length" "2,2,4")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:HI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (sign_extend:HI (match_operand:QI 1 "register_operand" "")))]
- "reload_completed"
- [(match_dup 2)
- (match_dup 3)]
- "
-{
- rtx op0 = gen_lowpart (SImode, operands[0]);
- rtx shift = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, 24);
-
- operands[2] = gen_ashlsi3 (op0, op0, shift);
- operands[3] = gen_ashrsi3 (op0, op0, shift);
-}")
-
-(define_insn "extendqisi2"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r")
- (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:QI 1 "extend_operand" "0,T,m")))]
- ""
- "@
- #
- ldb %0,%1
- ldb %0,%1"
- [(set_attr "type" "multi,load2,load4")
- (set_attr "length" "4,2,4")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:QI 1 "register_operand" "")))]
- "reload_completed"
- [(match_dup 2)
- (match_dup 3)]
- "
-{
- rtx op0 = gen_lowpart (SImode, operands[0]);
- rtx shift = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, 24);
-
- operands[2] = gen_ashlsi3 (op0, op0, shift);
- operands[3] = gen_ashrsi3 (op0, op0, shift);
-}")
-
-(define_insn "extendhisi2"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r")
- (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 "extend_operand" "0,T,m")))]
- ""
- "@
- #
- ldh %0,%1
- ldh %0,%1"
- [(set_attr "type" "multi,load2,load4")
- (set_attr "length" "4,2,4")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "")))]
- "reload_completed"
- [(match_dup 2)
- (match_dup 3)]
- "
-{
- rtx op0 = gen_lowpart (SImode, operands[0]);
- rtx shift = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, 16);
-
- operands[2] = gen_ashlsi3 (op0, op0, shift);
- operands[3] = gen_ashrsi3 (op0, op0, shift);
-}")
-
-;; Arithmetic instructions.
-
-; ??? Adding an alternative to split add3 of small constants into two
-; insns yields better instruction packing but slower code. Adds of small
-; values is done a lot.
-
-(define_insn "addsi3"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r")
- (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "%0,0,r")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "nonmemory_operand" "r,I,J")))]
- ""
- "@
- add %0,%2
- addi %0,%#%2
- add3 %0,%1,%#%2"
- [(set_attr "type" "int2,int2,int4")
- (set_attr "length" "2,2,4")])
-
-;(define_split
-; [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
-; (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
-; (match_operand:SI 2 "int8_operand" "")))]
-; "reload_completed
-; && REGNO (operands[0]) != REGNO (operands[1])
-; && INT8_P (INTVAL (operands[2]))
-; && INTVAL (operands[2]) != 0"
-; [(set (match_dup 0) (match_dup 1))
-; (set (match_dup 0) (plus:SI (match_dup 0) (match_dup 2)))]
-; "")
-
-(define_insn "adddi3"
- [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (plus:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" "%0")
- (match_operand:DI 2 "register_operand" "r")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- ""
- "#"
- [(set_attr "type" "multi")
- (set_attr "length" "6")])
-
-;; ??? The cmp clears the condition bit. Can we speed up somehow?
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (plus:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:DI 2 "register_operand" "")))
- (clobber (match_operand 3 "" ""))]
- "reload_completed"
- [(parallel [(set (match_dup 3)
- (const_int 0))
- (use (match_dup 4))])
- (parallel [(set (match_dup 4)
- (plus:SI (match_dup 4)
- (plus:SI (match_dup 5)
- (match_dup 3))))
- (set (match_dup 3)
- (unspec [(const_int 0)] 3))])
- (parallel [(set (match_dup 6)
- (plus:SI (match_dup 6)
- (plus:SI (match_dup 7)
- (match_dup 3))))
- (set (match_dup 3)
- (unspec [(const_int 0)] 3))])]
- "
-{
- operands[4] = operand_subword (operands[0], (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN != 0), 0, DImode);
- operands[5] = operand_subword (operands[2], (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN != 0), 0, DImode);
- operands[6] = operand_subword (operands[0], (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN == 0), 0, DImode);
- operands[7] = operand_subword (operands[2], (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN == 0), 0, DImode);
-}")
-
-(define_insn "*clear_c"
- [(set (reg:SI 17)
- (const_int 0))
- (use (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r"))]
- ""
- "cmp %0,%0"
- [(set_attr "type" "int2")
- (set_attr "length" "2")])
-
-(define_insn "*add_carry"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "%0")
- (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")
- (reg:SI 17))))
- (set (reg:SI 17)
- (unspec [(const_int 0)] 3))]
- ""
- "addx %0,%2"
- [(set_attr "type" "int2")
- (set_attr "length" "2")])
-
-(define_insn "subsi3"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (minus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "0")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
- ""
- "sub %0,%2"
- [(set_attr "type" "int2")
- (set_attr "length" "2")])
-
-(define_insn "subdi3"
- [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (minus:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" "0")
- (match_operand:DI 2 "register_operand" "r")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- ""
- "#"
- [(set_attr "type" "multi")
- (set_attr "length" "6")])
-
-;; ??? The cmp clears the condition bit. Can we speed up somehow?
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (minus:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:DI 2 "register_operand" "")))
- (clobber (match_operand 3 "" ""))]
- "reload_completed"
- [(parallel [(set (match_dup 3)
- (const_int 0))
- (use (match_dup 4))])
- (parallel [(set (match_dup 4)
- (minus:SI (match_dup 4)
- (minus:SI (match_dup 5)
- (match_dup 3))))
- (set (match_dup 3)
- (unspec [(const_int 0)] 3))])
- (parallel [(set (match_dup 6)
- (minus:SI (match_dup 6)
- (minus:SI (match_dup 7)
- (match_dup 3))))
- (set (match_dup 3)
- (unspec [(const_int 0)] 3))])]
- "
-{
- operands[4] = operand_subword (operands[0], (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN != 0), 0, DImode);
- operands[5] = operand_subword (operands[2], (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN != 0), 0, DImode);
- operands[6] = operand_subword (operands[0], (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN == 0), 0, DImode);
- operands[7] = operand_subword (operands[2], (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN == 0), 0, DImode);
-}")
-
-(define_insn "*sub_carry"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (minus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "%0")
- (minus:SI (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")
- (reg:SI 17))))
- (set (reg:SI 17)
- (unspec [(const_int 0)] 3))]
- ""
- "subx %0,%2"
- [(set_attr "type" "int2")
- (set_attr "length" "2")])
-
-; Multiply/Divide instructions.
-
-(define_insn "mulhisi3"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (mult:SI (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "r"))
- (sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 2 "register_operand" "r"))))]
- ""
- "mullo %1,%2\;mvfacmi %0"
- [(set_attr "type" "multi")
- (set_attr "length" "4")])
-
-(define_insn "mulsi3"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (mult:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "%0")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
- ""
- "mul %0,%2"
- [(set_attr "type" "mul2")
- (set_attr "length" "2")])
-
-(define_insn "divsi3"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (div:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "0")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
- ""
- "div %0,%2"
- [(set_attr "type" "div4")
- (set_attr "length" "4")])
-
-(define_insn "udivsi3"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (udiv:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "0")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
- ""
- "divu %0,%2"
- [(set_attr "type" "div4")
- (set_attr "length" "4")])
-
-(define_insn "modsi3"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (mod:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "0")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
- ""
- "rem %0,%2"
- [(set_attr "type" "div4")
- (set_attr "length" "4")])
-
-(define_insn "umodsi3"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (umod:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "0")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
- ""
- "remu %0,%2"
- [(set_attr "type" "div4")
- (set_attr "length" "4")])
-
-;; Boolean instructions.
-;;
-;; We don't define the DImode versions as expand_binop does a good enough job.
-;; And if it doesn't it should be fixed.
-
-(define_insn "andsi3"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r")
- (and:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "%0,r")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "reg_or_uint16_operand" "r,K")))]
- ""
- "*
-{
- /* If we are worried about space, see if we can break this up into two
- short instructions, which might eliminate a NOP being inserted. */
- if (optimize_size
- && m32r_not_same_reg (operands[0], operands[1])
- && GET_CODE (operands[2]) == CONST_INT
- && INT8_P (INTVAL (operands[2])))
- return \"#\";
-
- else if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == CONST_INT)
- return \"and3 %0,%1,%#%X2\";
-
- return \"and %0,%2\";
-}"
- [(set_attr "type" "int2,int4")
- (set_attr "length" "2,4")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (and:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "int8_operand" "")))]
- "optimize_size && m32r_not_same_reg (operands[0], operands[1])"
- [(set (match_dup 0) (match_dup 2))
- (set (match_dup 0) (and:SI (match_dup 1) (match_dup 0)))]
- "")
-
-(define_insn "iorsi3"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r")
- (ior:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "%0,r")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "reg_or_uint16_operand" "r,K")))]
- ""
- "*
-{
- /* If we are worried about space, see if we can break this up into two
- short instructions, which might eliminate a NOP being inserted. */
- if (optimize_size
- && m32r_not_same_reg (operands[0], operands[1])
- && GET_CODE (operands[2]) == CONST_INT
- && INT8_P (INTVAL (operands[2])))
- return \"#\";
-
- else if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == CONST_INT)
- return \"or3 %0,%1,%#%X2\";
-
- return \"or %0,%2\";
-}"
- [(set_attr "type" "int2,int4")
- (set_attr "length" "2,4")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (ior:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "int8_operand" "")))]
- "optimize_size && m32r_not_same_reg (operands[0], operands[1])"
- [(set (match_dup 0) (match_dup 2))
- (set (match_dup 0) (ior:SI (match_dup 1) (match_dup 0)))]
- "")
-
-(define_insn "xorsi3"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r")
- (xor:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "%0,r")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "reg_or_uint16_operand" "r,K")))]
- ""
- "*
-{
- /* If we are worried about space, see if we can break this up into two
- short instructions, which might eliminate a NOP being inserted. */
- if (optimize_size
- && m32r_not_same_reg (operands[0], operands[1])
- && GET_CODE (operands[2]) == CONST_INT
- && INT8_P (INTVAL (operands[2])))
- return \"#\";
-
- else if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == CONST_INT)
- return \"xor3 %0,%1,%#%X2\";
-
- return \"xor %0,%2\";
-}"
- [(set_attr "type" "int2,int4")
- (set_attr "length" "2,4")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (xor:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "int8_operand" "")))]
- "optimize_size && m32r_not_same_reg (operands[0], operands[1])"
- [(set (match_dup 0) (match_dup 2))
- (set (match_dup 0) (xor:SI (match_dup 1) (match_dup 0)))]
- "")
-
-(define_insn "negsi2"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (neg:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")))]
- ""
- "neg %0,%1"
- [(set_attr "type" "int2")
- (set_attr "length" "2")])
-
-(define_insn "one_cmplsi2"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (not:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")))]
- ""
- "not %0,%1"
- [(set_attr "type" "int2")
- (set_attr "length" "2")])
-
-;; Shift instructions.
-
-(define_insn "ashlsi3"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r")
- (ashift:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "0,0,r")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "reg_or_uint16_operand" "r,O,K")))]
- ""
- "@
- sll %0,%2
- slli %0,%#%2
- sll3 %0,%1,%#%2"
- [(set_attr "type" "shift2,shift2,shift4")
- (set_attr "length" "2,2,4")])
-
-(define_insn "ashrsi3"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r")
- (ashiftrt:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "0,0,r")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "reg_or_uint16_operand" "r,O,K")))]
- ""
- "@
- sra %0,%2
- srai %0,%#%2
- sra3 %0,%1,%#%2"
- [(set_attr "type" "shift2,shift2,shift4")
- (set_attr "length" "2,2,4")])
-
-(define_insn "lshrsi3"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r")
- (lshiftrt:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "0,0,r")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "reg_or_uint16_operand" "r,O,K")))]
- ""
- "@
- srl %0,%2
- srli %0,%#%2
- srl3 %0,%1,%#%2"
- [(set_attr "type" "shift2,shift2,shift4")
- (set_attr "length" "2,2,4")])
-
-;; Compare instructions.
-;; This controls RTL generation and register allocation.
-
-;; We generate RTL for comparisons and branches by having the cmpxx
-;; patterns store away the operands. Then the bcc patterns
-;; emit RTL for both the compare and the branch.
-;;
-;; On the m32r it is more efficient to use the bxxz instructions and
-;; thus merge the compare and branch into one instruction, so they are
-;; preferred.
-
-(define_expand "cmpsi"
- [(set (reg:SI 17)
- (compare:CC (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SI 1 "reg_or_cmp_int16_operand" "")))]
- ""
- "
-{
- m32r_compare_op0 = operands[0];
- m32r_compare_op1 = operands[1];
- DONE;
-}")
-
-(define_insn "cmp_eqsi_zero_insn"
- [(set (reg:SI 17)
- (eq:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r,r")
- (match_operand:SI 1 "reg_or_zero_operand" "r,P")))]
- "TARGET_M32RX"
- "@
- cmpeq %0, %1
- cmpz %0"
- [(set_attr "type" "int4")
- (set_attr "length" "4")])
-
-;; The cmp_xxx_insn patterns set the condition bit to the result of the
-;; comparison. There isn't a "compare equal" instruction so cmp_eqsi_insn
-;; is quite inefficient. However, it is rarely used.
-
-(define_expand "cmp_eqsi_insn"
- [(parallel [(set (reg:SI 17)
- (eq:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SI 1 "reg_or_uint16_operand" "")))
- (clobber (match_dup 2))])]
- ""
- "operands[2] = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);")
-
-(define_insn "*cmp_eqsi_insn_internal"
- [(set (reg:SI 17)
- (eq:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r,r")
- (match_operand:SI 1 "reg_or_uint16_operand" "r,K")))
- (clobber (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "=0,r"))]
- "reload_completed"
- "#"
- [(set_attr "type" "multi")
- (set_attr "length" "6,8")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (reg:SI 17)
- (eq:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SI 1 "reg_or_uint16_operand" "")))
- (clobber (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" ""))]
- ""
- [(set (match_dup 2)
- (xor:SI (match_dup 0)
- (match_dup 1)))
- (set (reg:SI 17)
- (ltu:SI (match_dup 2)
- (const_int 1)))]
- "")
-
-(define_insn "cmp_ltsi_insn"
- [(set (reg:SI 17)
- (lt:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r,r")
- (match_operand:SI 1 "reg_or_int16_operand" "r,J")))]
- ""
- "@
- cmp %0,%1
- cmpi %0,%#%1"
- [(set_attr "type" "int2,int4")
- (set_attr "length" "2,4")])
-
-(define_insn "cmp_ltusi_insn"
- [(set (reg:SI 17)
- (ltu:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r,r")
- (match_operand:SI 1 "reg_or_int16_operand" "r,J")))]
- ""
- "@
- cmpu %0,%1
- cmpui %0,%#%1"
- [(set_attr "type" "int2,int4")
- (set_attr "length" "2,4")])
-
-
-;; These control RTL generation for conditional jump insns.
-
-(define_expand "beq"
- [(match_operand 0 "" "")]
- ""
- "
-{
- emit_insn (gen_compare ((int)EQ, operands[0], m32r_compare_op0,
- m32r_compare_op1));
- DONE;
-}")
-
-(define_expand "bne"
- [(match_operand 0 "" "")]
- ""
- "
-{
- emit_insn (gen_compare ((int)NE, operands[0], m32r_compare_op0,
- m32r_compare_op1));
- DONE;
-}")
-
-(define_expand "blt"
- [(match_operand 0 "" "")]
- ""
- "
-{
- emit_insn (gen_compare ((int)LT, operands[0], m32r_compare_op0,
- m32r_compare_op1));
- DONE;
-}")
-
-(define_expand "ble"
- [(match_operand 0 "" "")]
- ""
- "
-{
- emit_insn (gen_compare ((int)LE, operands[0], m32r_compare_op0,
- m32r_compare_op1));
- DONE;
-}")
-
-(define_expand "bgt"
- [(match_operand 0 "" "")]
- ""
- "
-{
- emit_insn (gen_compare ((int)GT, operands[0], m32r_compare_op0,
- m32r_compare_op1));
- DONE;
-}")
-
-(define_expand "bge"
- [(match_operand 0 "" "")]
- ""
- "
-{
- emit_insn (gen_compare ((int)GE, operands[0], m32r_compare_op0,
- m32r_compare_op1));
- DONE;
-}")
-
-(define_expand "bltu"
- [(match_operand 0 "" "")]
- ""
- "
-{
- emit_insn (gen_compare ((int)LTU, operands[0], m32r_compare_op0,
- m32r_compare_op1));
- DONE;
-}")
-
-(define_expand "bleu"
- [(match_operand 0 "" "")]
- ""
- "
-{
- emit_insn (gen_compare ((int)LEU, operands[0], m32r_compare_op0,
- m32r_compare_op1));
- DONE;
-}")
-
-(define_expand "bgtu"
- [(match_operand 0 "" "")]
- ""
- "
-{
- emit_insn (gen_compare ((int)GTU, operands[0], m32r_compare_op0,
- m32r_compare_op1));
- DONE;
-}")
-
-(define_expand "bgeu"
- [(match_operand 0 "" "")]
- ""
- "
-{
- emit_insn (gen_compare ((int)GEU, operands[0], m32r_compare_op0,
- m32r_compare_op1));
- DONE;
-}")
-
-;; Now match both normal and inverted jump.
-
-(define_insn "*branch_insn"
- [(set (pc)
- (if_then_else (match_operator 1 "eqne_comparison_operator"
- [(reg 17) (const_int 0)])
- (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" ""))
- (pc)))]
- ""
- "*
-{
- static char instruction[40];
- sprintf (instruction, \"%s%s %%l0\",
- (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == NE) ? \"bc\" : \"bnc\",
- (get_attr_length (insn) == 2) ? \".s\" : \"\");
- return instruction;
-}"
- [(set_attr "type" "branch")
- ; We use 400/800 instead of 512,1024 to account for inaccurate insn
- ; lengths and insn alignments that are complex to track.
- ; It's not important that we be hyper-precise here. It may be more
- ; important blah blah blah when the chip supports parallel execution
- ; blah blah blah but until then blah blah blah this is simple and
- ; suffices.
- (set (attr "length") (if_then_else (ltu (plus (minus (match_dup 0) (pc))
- (const_int 400))
- (const_int 800))
- (const_int 2)
- (const_int 4)))])
-
-(define_insn "*rev_branch_insn"
- [(set (pc)
- (if_then_else (match_operator 1 "eqne_comparison_operator"
- [(reg 17) (const_int 0)])
- (pc)
- (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" ""))))]
- ;"REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (GET_MODE (XEXP (operands[1], 0)))"
- ""
- "*
-{
- static char instruction[40];
- sprintf (instruction, \"%s%s %%l0\",
- (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == EQ) ? \"bc\" : \"bnc\",
- (get_attr_length (insn) == 2) ? \".s\" : \"\");
- return instruction;
-}"
- [(set_attr "type" "branch")
- ; We use 400/800 instead of 512,1024 to account for inaccurate insn
- ; lengths and insn alignments that are complex to track.
- ; It's not important that we be hyper-precise here. It may be more
- ; important blah blah blah when the chip supports parallel execution
- ; blah blah blah but until then blah blah blah this is simple and
- ; suffices.
- (set (attr "length") (if_then_else (ltu (plus (minus (match_dup 0) (pc))
- (const_int 400))
- (const_int 800))
- (const_int 2)
- (const_int 4)))])
-
-; reg/reg compare and branch insns
-
-(define_insn "*reg_branch_insn"
- [(set (pc)
- (if_then_else (match_operator 1 "eqne_comparison_operator"
- [(match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")
- (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" "r")])
- (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" ""))
- (pc)))]
- ""
- "*
-{
- /* Is branch target reachable with beq/bne? */
- if (get_attr_length (insn) == 4)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == EQ)
- return \"beq %2,%3,%l0\";
- else
- return \"bne %2,%3,%l0\";
- }
- else
- {
- if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == EQ)
- return \"bne %2,%3,1f\;bra %l0\;1:\";
- else
- return \"beq %2,%3,1f\;bra %l0\;1:\";
- }
-}"
- [(set_attr "type" "branch")
- ; We use 25000/50000 instead of 32768/65536 to account for slot filling
- ; which is complex to track and inaccurate length specs.
- (set (attr "length") (if_then_else (ltu (plus (minus (match_dup 0) (pc))
- (const_int 25000))
- (const_int 50000))
- (const_int 4)
- (const_int 8)))])
-
-(define_insn "*rev_reg_branch_insn"
- [(set (pc)
- (if_then_else (match_operator 1 "eqne_comparison_operator"
- [(match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")
- (match_operand:SI 3 "register_operand" "r")])
- (pc)
- (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" ""))))]
- ""
- "*
-{
- /* Is branch target reachable with beq/bne? */
- if (get_attr_length (insn) == 4)
- {
- if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == NE)
- return \"beq %2,%3,%l0\";
- else
- return \"bne %2,%3,%l0\";
- }
- else
- {
- if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == NE)
- return \"bne %2,%3,1f\;bra %l0\;1:\";
- else
- return \"beq %2,%3,1f\;bra %l0\;1:\";
- }
-}"
- [(set_attr "type" "branch")
- ; We use 25000/50000 instead of 32768/65536 to account for slot filling
- ; which is complex to track and inaccurate length specs.
- (set (attr "length") (if_then_else (ltu (plus (minus (match_dup 0) (pc))
- (const_int 25000))
- (const_int 50000))
- (const_int 4)
- (const_int 8)))])
-
-; reg/zero compare and branch insns
-
-(define_insn "*zero_branch_insn"
- [(set (pc)
- (if_then_else (match_operator 1 "signed_comparison_operator"
- [(match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")
- (const_int 0)])
- (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" ""))
- (pc)))]
- ""
- "*
-{
- char *br,*invbr;
- char asmtext[40];
-
- switch (GET_CODE (operands[1]))
- {
- case EQ : br = \"eq\"; invbr = \"ne\"; break;
- case NE : br = \"ne\"; invbr = \"eq\"; break;
- case LE : br = \"le\"; invbr = \"gt\"; break;
- case GT : br = \"gt\"; invbr = \"le\"; break;
- case LT : br = \"lt\"; invbr = \"ge\"; break;
- case GE : br = \"ge\"; invbr = \"lt\"; break;
- }
-
- /* Is branch target reachable with bxxz? */
- if (get_attr_length (insn) == 4)
- {
- sprintf (asmtext, \"b%sz %%2,%%l0\", br);
- output_asm_insn (asmtext, operands);
- }
- else
- {
- sprintf (asmtext, \"b%sz %%2,1f\;bra %%l0\;1:\", invbr);
- output_asm_insn (asmtext, operands);
- }
- return \"\";
-}"
- [(set_attr "type" "branch")
- ; We use 25000/50000 instead of 32768/65536 to account for slot filling
- ; which is complex to track and inaccurate length specs.
- (set (attr "length") (if_then_else (ltu (plus (minus (match_dup 0) (pc))
- (const_int 25000))
- (const_int 50000))
- (const_int 4)
- (const_int 8)))])
-
-(define_insn "*rev_zero_branch_insn"
- [(set (pc)
- (if_then_else (match_operator 1 "eqne_comparison_operator"
- [(match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")
- (const_int 0)])
- (pc)
- (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" ""))))]
- ""
- "*
-{
- char *br,*invbr;
- char asmtext[40];
-
- switch (GET_CODE (operands[1]))
- {
- case EQ : br = \"eq\"; invbr = \"ne\"; break;
- case NE : br = \"ne\"; invbr = \"eq\"; break;
- case LE : br = \"le\"; invbr = \"gt\"; break;
- case GT : br = \"gt\"; invbr = \"le\"; break;
- case LT : br = \"lt\"; invbr = \"ge\"; break;
- case GE : br = \"ge\"; invbr = \"lt\"; break;
- }
-
- /* Is branch target reachable with bxxz? */
- if (get_attr_length (insn) == 4)
- {
- sprintf (asmtext, \"b%sz %%2,%%l0\", invbr);
- output_asm_insn (asmtext, operands);
- }
- else
- {
- sprintf (asmtext, \"b%sz %%2,1f\;bra %%l0\;1:\", br);
- output_asm_insn (asmtext, operands);
- }
- return \"\";
-}"
- [(set_attr "type" "branch")
- ; We use 25000/50000 instead of 32768/65536 to account for slot filling
- ; which is complex to track and inaccurate length specs.
- (set (attr "length") (if_then_else (ltu (plus (minus (match_dup 0) (pc))
- (const_int 25000))
- (const_int 50000))
- (const_int 4)
- (const_int 8)))])
-
-;; S<cc> operations to set a register to 1/0 based on a comparison
-
-(define_expand "seq"
- [(match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")]
- ""
- "
-{
- rtx op0 = operands[0];
- rtx op1 = m32r_compare_op0;
- rtx op2 = m32r_compare_op1;
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (op0);
-
- if (mode != SImode)
- FAIL;
-
- if (! register_operand (op1, mode))
- op1 = force_reg (mode, op1);
-
- if (TARGET_M32RX)
- {
- if (! reg_or_zero_operand (op2, mode))
- op2 = force_reg (mode, op2);
-
- emit_insn (gen_seq_insn_m32rx (op0, op1, op2));
- DONE;
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (op2) == 0)
- {
- emit_insn (gen_seq_zero_insn (op0, op1));
- DONE;
- }
-
- if (! reg_or_eq_int16_operand (op2, mode))
- op2 = force_reg (mode, op2);
-
- emit_insn (gen_seq_insn (op0, op1, op2));
- DONE;
-}")
-
-(define_insn "seq_insn_m32rx"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (eq:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "%r")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "reg_or_zero_operand" "rP")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- "TARGET_M32RX"
- "#"
- [(set_attr "type" "multi")
- (set_attr "length" "6")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (eq:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "reg_or_zero_operand" "")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- "TARGET_M32RX"
- [(set (reg:SI 17)
- (eq:SI (match_dup 1)
- (match_dup 2)))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (reg:SI 17))]
- "")
-
-(define_insn "seq_zero_insn"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (eq:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
- (const_int 0)))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- "TARGET_M32R"
- "#"
- [(set_attr "type" "multi")
- (set_attr "length" "6")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (eq:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
- (const_int 0)))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- "TARGET_M32R"
- [(match_dup 3)]
- "
-{
- rtx op0 = operands[0];
- rtx op1 = operands[1];
-
- start_sequence ();
- emit_insn (gen_cmp_ltusi_insn (op1, GEN_INT (1)));
- emit_insn (gen_movcc_insn (op0));
- operands[3] = gen_sequence ();
- end_sequence ();
-}")
-
-(define_insn "seq_insn"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,??r,r")
- (eq:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r,r,r,r")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "reg_or_eq_int16_operand" "r,r,r,PK")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))
- (clobber (match_scratch:SI 3 "=1,2,&r,r"))]
- "TARGET_M32R"
- "#"
- [(set_attr "type" "multi")
- (set_attr "length" "8,8,10,10")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (eq:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "reg_or_eq_int16_operand" "")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))
- (clobber (match_scratch:SI 3 ""))]
- "TARGET_M32R && reload_completed"
- [(match_dup 4)]
- "
-{
- rtx op0 = operands[0];
- rtx op1 = operands[1];
- rtx op2 = operands[2];
- rtx op3 = operands[3];
- HOST_WIDE_INT value;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op2) == REG && GET_CODE (op3) == REG
- && REGNO (op2) == REGNO (op3))
- {
- op1 = operands[2];
- op2 = operands[1];
- }
-
- start_sequence ();
- if (GET_CODE (op1) == REG && GET_CODE (op3) == REG
- && REGNO (op1) != REGNO (op3))
- {
- emit_move_insn (op3, op1);
- op1 = op3;
- }
-
- if (GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT && (value = INTVAL (op2)) != 0
- && CMP_INT16_P (value))
- emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (op3, op1, GEN_INT (-value)));
- else
- emit_insn (gen_xorsi3 (op3, op1, op2));
-
- emit_insn (gen_cmp_ltusi_insn (op3, GEN_INT (1)));
- emit_insn (gen_movcc_insn (op0));
- operands[4] = gen_sequence ();
- end_sequence ();
-}")
-
-(define_expand "sne"
- [(match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")]
- ""
- "
-{
- rtx op0 = operands[0];
- rtx op1 = m32r_compare_op0;
- rtx op2 = m32r_compare_op1;
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (op0);
-
- if (mode != SImode)
- FAIL;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op2) != CONST_INT
- || (INTVAL (op2) != 0 && UINT16_P (INTVAL (op2))))
- {
- rtx reg;
-
- if (reload_completed || reload_in_progress)
- FAIL;
-
- reg = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
- emit_insn (gen_xorsi3 (reg, op1, op2));
- op1 = reg;
-
- if (! register_operand (op1, mode))
- op1 = force_reg (mode, op1);
-
- emit_insn (gen_sne_zero_insn (op0, op1));
- DONE;
- }
- else
- FAIL;
-}")
-
-(define_insn "sne_zero_insn"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (ne:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
- (const_int 0)))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))
- (clobber (match_scratch:SI 2 "=&r"))]
- ""
- "#"
- [(set_attr "type" "multi")
- (set_attr "length" "6")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (ne:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
- (const_int 0)))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))
- (clobber (match_scratch:SI 2 ""))]
- "reload_completed"
- [(set (match_dup 2)
- (const_int 0))
- (set (reg:SI 17)
- (ltu:SI (match_dup 2)
- (match_dup 1)))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (reg:SI 17))]
- "")
-
-(define_expand "slt"
- [(match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")]
- ""
- "
-{
- rtx op0 = operands[0];
- rtx op1 = m32r_compare_op0;
- rtx op2 = m32r_compare_op1;
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (op0);
-
- if (mode != SImode)
- FAIL;
-
- if (! register_operand (op1, mode))
- op1 = force_reg (mode, op1);
-
- if (! reg_or_int16_operand (op2, mode))
- op2 = force_reg (mode, op2);
-
- emit_insn (gen_slt_insn (op0, op1, op2));
- DONE;
-}")
-
-(define_insn "slt_insn"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r")
- (lt:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r,r")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "reg_or_int16_operand" "r,J")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- ""
- "#"
- [(set_attr "type" "multi")
- (set_attr "length" "4,6")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (lt:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "reg_or_int16_operand" "")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- ""
- [(set (reg:SI 17)
- (lt:SI (match_dup 1)
- (match_dup 2)))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (reg:SI 17))]
- "")
-
-(define_expand "sle"
- [(match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")]
- ""
- "
-{
- rtx op0 = operands[0];
- rtx op1 = m32r_compare_op0;
- rtx op2 = m32r_compare_op1;
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (op0);
-
- if (mode != SImode)
- FAIL;
-
- if (! register_operand (op1, mode))
- op1 = force_reg (mode, op1);
-
- if (GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT)
- {
- HOST_WIDE_INT value = INTVAL (op2);
- if (value >= 2147483647)
- {
- emit_move_insn (op0, GEN_INT (1));
- DONE;
- }
-
- op2 = GEN_INT (value+1);
- if (value < -32768 || value >= 32767)
- op2 = force_reg (mode, op2);
-
- emit_insn (gen_slt_insn (op0, op1, op2));
- DONE;
- }
-
- if (! register_operand (op2, mode))
- op2 = force_reg (mode, op2);
-
- emit_insn (gen_sle_insn (op0, op1, op2));
- DONE;
-}")
-
-(define_insn "sle_insn"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (le:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- ""
- "#"
- [(set_attr "type" "multi")
- (set_attr "length" "8")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (le:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- "!optimize_size"
- [(set (reg:SI 17)
- (lt:SI (match_dup 2)
- (match_dup 1)))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (reg:SI 17))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (xor:SI (match_dup 0)
- (const_int 1)))]
- "")
-
-;; If optimizing for space, use -(reg - 1) to invert the comparison rather than
-;; xor reg,reg,1 which might eliminate a NOP being inserted.
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (le:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- "optimize_size"
- [(set (reg:SI 17)
- (lt:SI (match_dup 2)
- (match_dup 1)))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (reg:SI 17))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (plus:SI (match_dup 0)
- (const_int -1)))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (neg:SI (match_dup 0)))]
- "")
-
-(define_expand "sgt"
- [(match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")]
- ""
- "
-{
- rtx op0 = operands[0];
- rtx op1 = m32r_compare_op0;
- rtx op2 = m32r_compare_op1;
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (op0);
-
- if (mode != SImode)
- FAIL;
-
- if (! register_operand (op1, mode))
- op1 = force_reg (mode, op1);
-
- if (! register_operand (op2, mode))
- op2 = force_reg (mode, op2);
-
- emit_insn (gen_slt_insn (op0, op2, op1));
- DONE;
-}")
-
-(define_expand "sge"
- [(match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")]
- ""
- "
-{
- rtx op0 = operands[0];
- rtx op1 = m32r_compare_op0;
- rtx op2 = m32r_compare_op1;
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (op0);
-
- if (mode != SImode)
- FAIL;
-
- if (! register_operand (op1, mode))
- op1 = force_reg (mode, op1);
-
- if (! reg_or_int16_operand (op2, mode))
- op2 = force_reg (mode, op2);
-
- emit_insn (gen_sge_insn (op0, op1, op2));
- DONE;
-}")
-
-(define_insn "sge_insn"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r")
- (ge:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r,r")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "reg_or_int16_operand" "r,J")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- ""
- "#"
- [(set_attr "type" "multi")
- (set_attr "length" "8,10")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (ge:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "reg_or_int16_operand" "")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- "!optimize_size"
- [(set (reg:SI 17)
- (lt:SI (match_dup 1)
- (match_dup 2)))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (reg:SI 17))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (xor:SI (match_dup 0)
- (const_int 1)))]
- "")
-
-;; If optimizing for space, use -(reg - 1) to invert the comparison rather than
-;; xor reg,reg,1 which might eliminate a NOP being inserted.
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (ge:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "reg_or_int16_operand" "")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- "optimize_size"
- [(set (reg:SI 17)
- (lt:SI (match_dup 1)
- (match_dup 2)))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (reg:SI 17))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (plus:SI (match_dup 0)
- (const_int -1)))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (neg:SI (match_dup 0)))]
- "")
-
-(define_expand "sltu"
- [(match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")]
- ""
- "
-{
- rtx op0 = operands[0];
- rtx op1 = m32r_compare_op0;
- rtx op2 = m32r_compare_op1;
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (op0);
-
- if (mode != SImode)
- FAIL;
-
- if (! register_operand (op1, mode))
- op1 = force_reg (mode, op1);
-
- if (! reg_or_int16_operand (op2, mode))
- op2 = force_reg (mode, op2);
-
- emit_insn (gen_sltu_insn (op0, op1, op2));
- DONE;
-}")
-
-(define_insn "sltu_insn"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r")
- (ltu:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r,r")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "reg_or_int16_operand" "r,J")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- ""
- "#"
- [(set_attr "type" "multi")
- (set_attr "length" "6,8")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (ltu:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "reg_or_int16_operand" "")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- ""
- [(set (reg:SI 17)
- (ltu:SI (match_dup 1)
- (match_dup 2)))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (reg:SI 17))]
- "")
-
-(define_expand "sleu"
- [(match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")]
- ""
- "
-{
- rtx op0 = operands[0];
- rtx op1 = m32r_compare_op0;
- rtx op2 = m32r_compare_op1;
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (op0);
-
- if (mode != SImode)
- FAIL;
-
- if (GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT)
- {
- HOST_WIDE_INT value = INTVAL (op2);
- if (value >= 2147483647)
- {
- emit_move_insn (op0, GEN_INT (1));
- DONE;
- }
-
- op2 = GEN_INT (value+1);
- if (value < 0 || value >= 32767)
- op2 = force_reg (mode, op2);
-
- emit_insn (gen_sltu_insn (op0, op1, op2));
- DONE;
- }
-
- if (! register_operand (op2, mode))
- op2 = force_reg (mode, op2);
-
- emit_insn (gen_sleu_insn (op0, op1, op2));
- DONE;
-}")
-
-(define_insn "sleu_insn"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (leu:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- ""
- "#"
- [(set_attr "type" "multi")
- (set_attr "length" "8")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (leu:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- "!optimize_size"
- [(set (reg:SI 17)
- (ltu:SI (match_dup 2)
- (match_dup 1)))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (reg:SI 17))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (xor:SI (match_dup 0)
- (const_int 1)))]
- "")
-
-;; If optimizing for space, use -(reg - 1) to invert the comparison rather than
-;; xor reg,reg,1 which might eliminate a NOP being inserted.
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (leu:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- "optimize_size"
- [(set (reg:SI 17)
- (ltu:SI (match_dup 2)
- (match_dup 1)))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (reg:SI 17))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (plus:SI (match_dup 0)
- (const_int -1)))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (neg:SI (match_dup 0)))]
- "")
-
-(define_expand "sgtu"
- [(match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")]
- ""
- "
-{
- rtx op0 = operands[0];
- rtx op1 = m32r_compare_op0;
- rtx op2 = m32r_compare_op1;
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (op0);
-
- if (mode != SImode)
- FAIL;
-
- if (! register_operand (op1, mode))
- op1 = force_reg (mode, op1);
-
- if (! register_operand (op2, mode))
- op2 = force_reg (mode, op2);
-
- emit_insn (gen_sltu_insn (op0, op2, op1));
- DONE;
-}")
-
-(define_expand "sgeu"
- [(match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")]
- ""
- "
-{
- rtx op0 = operands[0];
- rtx op1 = m32r_compare_op0;
- rtx op2 = m32r_compare_op1;
- enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (op0);
-
- if (mode != SImode)
- FAIL;
-
- if (! register_operand (op1, mode))
- op1 = force_reg (mode, op1);
-
- if (! reg_or_int16_operand (op2, mode))
- op2 = force_reg (mode, op2);
-
- emit_insn (gen_sgeu_insn (op0, op1, op2));
- DONE;
-}")
-
-(define_insn "sgeu_insn"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r")
- (geu:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r,r")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "reg_or_int16_operand" "r,J")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- ""
- "#"
- [(set_attr "type" "multi")
- (set_attr "length" "8,10")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (geu:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "reg_or_int16_operand" "")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- "!optimize_size"
- [(set (reg:SI 17)
- (ltu:SI (match_dup 1)
- (match_dup 2)))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (reg:SI 17))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (xor:SI (match_dup 0)
- (const_int 1)))]
- "")
-
-;; If optimizing for space, use -(reg - 1) to invert the comparison rather than
-;; xor reg,reg,1 which might eliminate a NOP being inserted.
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
- (geu:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
- (match_operand:SI 2 "reg_or_int16_operand" "")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 17))]
- "optimize_size"
- [(set (reg:SI 17)
- (ltu:SI (match_dup 1)
- (match_dup 2)))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (reg:SI 17))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (plus:SI (match_dup 0)
- (const_int -1)))
- (set (match_dup 0)
- (neg:SI (match_dup 0)))]
- "")
-
-(define_insn "movcc_insn"
- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (reg:SI 17))]
- ""
- "mvfc %0, cbr"
- [(set_attr "type" "misc")
- (set_attr "length" "2")])
-
-
-;; Unconditional and other jump instructions.
-
-(define_insn "jump"
- [(set (pc) (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")))]
- ""
- "bra %l0"
- [(set_attr "type" "uncond_branch")
- (set (attr "length") (if_then_else (ltu (plus (minus (match_dup 0) (pc))
- (const_int 400))
- (const_int 800))
- (const_int 2)
- (const_int 4)))])
-
-(define_insn "indirect_jump"
- [(set (pc) (match_operand:SI 0 "address_operand" "p"))]
- ""
- "jmp %a0"
- [(set_attr "type" "uncond_branch")
- (set_attr "length" "2")])
-
-(define_insn "return"
- [(return)]
- "direct_return ()"
- "jmp lr"
- [(set_attr "type" "uncond_branch")
- (set_attr "length" "2")])
-
-(define_insn "tablejump"
- [(set (pc) (match_operand:SI 0 "address_operand" "p"))
- (use (label_ref (match_operand 1 "" "")))]
- ""
- "jmp %a0"
- [(set_attr "type" "uncond_branch")
- (set_attr "length" "2")])
-
-(define_expand "call"
- ;; operands[1] is stack_size_rtx
- ;; operands[2] is next_arg_register
- [(parallel [(call (match_operand:SI 0 "call_operand" "")
- (match_operand 1 "" ""))
- (clobber (reg:SI 14))])]
- ""
- "")
-
-(define_insn "*call_via_reg"
- [(call (mem:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r"))
- (match_operand 1 "" ""))
- (clobber (reg:SI 14))]
- ""
- "jl %0"
- [(set_attr "type" "call")
- (set_attr "length" "2")])
-
-(define_insn "*call_via_label"
- [(call (mem:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "call_address_operand" ""))
- (match_operand 1 "" ""))
- (clobber (reg:SI 14))]
- ""
- "*
-{
- int call26_p = call26_operand (operands[0], FUNCTION_MODE);
-
- if (! call26_p)
- {
- /* We may not be able to reach with a `bl' insn so punt and leave it to
- the linker.
- We do this here, rather than doing a force_reg in the define_expand
- so these insns won't be separated, say by scheduling, thus simplifying
- the linker. */
- return \"seth r14,%T0\;add3 r14,r14,%B0\;jl r14\";
- }
- else
- return \"bl %0\";
-}"
- [(set_attr "type" "call")
- (set (attr "length")
- (if_then_else (eq (symbol_ref "call26_operand (operands[0], FUNCTION_MODE)")
- (const_int 0))
- (const_int 12) ; 10 + 2 for nop filler
- ; The return address must be on a 4 byte boundary so
- ; there's no point in using a value of 2 here. A 2 byte
- ; insn may go in the left slot but we currently can't
- ; use such knowledge.
- (const_int 4)))])
-
-(define_expand "call_value"
- ;; operand 2 is stack_size_rtx
- ;; operand 3 is next_arg_register
- [(parallel [(set (match_operand 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (call (match_operand:SI 1 "call_operand" "")
- (match_operand 2 "" "")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 14))])]
- ""
- "")
-
-(define_insn "*call_value_via_reg"
- [(set (match_operand 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (call (mem:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r"))
- (match_operand 2 "" "")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 14))]
- ""
- "jl %1"
- [(set_attr "type" "call")
- (set_attr "length" "2")])
-
-(define_insn "*call_value_via_label"
- [(set (match_operand 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (call (mem:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "call_address_operand" ""))
- (match_operand 2 "" "")))
- (clobber (reg:SI 14))]
- ""
- "*
-{
- int call26_p = call26_operand (operands[1], FUNCTION_MODE);
-
- if (! call26_p)
- {
- /* We may not be able to reach with a `bl' insn so punt and leave it to
- the linker.
- We do this here, rather than doing a force_reg in the define_expand
- so these insns won't be separated, say by scheduling, thus simplifying
- the linker. */
- return \"seth r14,%T1\;add3 r14,r14,%B1\;jl r14\";
- }
- else
- return \"bl %1\";
-}"
- [(set_attr "type" "call")
- (set (attr "length")
- (if_then_else (eq (symbol_ref "call26_operand (operands[1], FUNCTION_MODE)")
- (const_int 0))
- (const_int 12) ; 10 + 2 for nop filler
- ; The return address must be on a 4 byte boundary so
- ; there's no point in using a value of 2 here. A 2 byte
- ; insn may go in the left slot but we currently can't
- ; use such knowledge.
- (const_int 4)))])
-
-(define_insn "nop"
- [(const_int 0)]
- ""
- "nop"
- [(set_attr "type" "int2")
- (set_attr "length" "2")])
-
-;; UNSPEC_VOLATILE is considered to use and clobber all hard registers and
-;; all of memory. This blocks insns from being moved across this point.
-
-(define_insn "blockage"
- [(unspec_volatile [(const_int 0)] 0)]
- ""
- "")
-
-;; Special pattern to flush the icache.
-
-(define_insn "flush_icache"
- [(unspec_volatile [(match_operand 0 "memory_operand" "m")] 0)]
- ""
- "* return \"nop ; flush-icache\";"
- [(set_attr "type" "int2")
- (set_attr "length" "2")])
-
-;; Speed up fabs and provide correct sign handling for -0
-
-(define_insn "absdf2"
- [(set (match_operand:DF 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (abs:DF (match_operand:DF 1 "register_operand" "0")))]
- ""
- "#"
- [(set_attr "type" "multi")
- (set_attr "length" "4")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:DF 0 "register_operand" "")
- (abs:DF (match_operand:DF 1 "register_operand" "")))]
- "reload_completed"
- [(set (match_dup 2)
- (ashift:SI (match_dup 2)
- (const_int 1)))
- (set (match_dup 2)
- (lshiftrt:SI (match_dup 2)
- (const_int 1)))]
- "operands[2] = gen_highpart (SImode, operands[0]);")
-
-(define_insn "abssf2"
- [(set (match_operand:SF 0 "register_operand" "=r")
- (abs:SF (match_operand:SF 1 "register_operand" "0")))]
- ""
- "#"
- [(set_attr "type" "multi")
- (set_attr "length" "4")])
-
-(define_split
- [(set (match_operand:SF 0 "register_operand" "")
- (abs:SF (match_operand:SF 1 "register_operand" "")))]
- "reload_completed"
- [(set (match_dup 2)
- (ashift:SI (match_dup 2)
- (const_int 1)))
- (set (match_dup 2)
- (lshiftrt:SI (match_dup 2)
- (const_int 1)))]
- "operands[2] = gen_highpart (SImode, operands[0]);")
-
-
-;; These patterns are currently commented out as the customer does
-;; not wish the compiler to generate code using instructions which
-;; are not yet open to the public.
-
-;; ;; Move of SImode integer. Currently we can handle register to register moves
-;; ;; and constant into register moves.
-;;
-;; (define_expand "movsicc"
-;; [
-;; (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r,r,r,r")
-;; (if_then_else:SI (match_operand 1 "" "")
-;; (match_operand:SI 2 "conditional_move_operand" "r,r,P,P")
-;; (match_operand:SI 3 "conditional_move_operand" "r,P,r,P")
-;; )
-;; )
-;; ]
-;; ""
-;; "
-;; {
-;; if (! TARGET_M32RX && ! zero_and_one (operands [2], operands [3]))
-;; FAIL;
-;;
-;; /* Generate the comparision that will set the carry flag. */
-;; operands[1] = gen_compare ((int)GET_CODE (operands[1]), m32r_compare_op0, m32r_compare_op1);
-;;
-;; /* If the conditional move is putting either the constant 0 or
-;; the constant 1 into the destination register the RTL to do
-;; this will be optimised away by the combine pass (because
-;; cmp_ne_small_const_insn claims that it can do everything in
-;; one pattern, when this is not really true). Catch this case
-;; here and generate a block to prevent the combiner from
-;; optimising us away.. */
-;; if (zero_and_one (operands [2], operands [3]))
-;; emit_insn (gen_blockage());
-;; }")
-;;
-;; ;; Generate the conditional instructions based on how the carry flag is examined.
-;; (define_insn "*movsicc_internal"
-;; [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r,r,r")
-;; (if_then_else:SI (match_operand 1 "carry_compare_operand" "")
-;; (match_operand:SI 2 "conditional_move_operand" "r,r,P,P")
-;; (match_operand:SI 3 "conditional_move_operand" "r,P,r,P")
-;; )
-;; )]
-;; "TARGET_M32RX || zero_and_one (operands [2], operands[3])"
-;; "* return emit_cond_move (operands, insn);"
-;; [(set_attr "type" "multi")
-;; (set_attr "length" "8")]
-;; )
-
-;; The movhicc and movqicc patterns are not here because
-;; PROMOTE_MODE() will porbably turn any such references into
-;; SImode operations. If they are ever needed then they are
-;; easy to add since they are just duplications of the above
-;; two patterns with SImode replaced by HImode or QImode.
-;;
-;; ;; Conditional Execution
-;; ;; This code is based on the code used for the d10v
-;;
-;; (define_insn "*cond_exec_si_binary_true"
-;; [(if_then_else
-;; (match_operand 3 "conditional_compare_operand" "")
-;; (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r")
-;; (match_operator:SI 4 "binary_parallel_operator"
-;; [(match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "0,0")
-;; (match_operand:SI 2 "nonmemory_operand" "r,I")
-;; ]
-;; )
-;; )
-;; (const_int 0)
-;; )]
-;; "TARGET_M32RX"
-;; "* return emit_binary_cond_exec (operands, TRUE);"
-;; [(set_attr "type" "multi")
-;; (set_attr "length" "8")]
-;; )
-;;
-;; (define_insn "*cond_exec_si_binary_false"
-;; [(if_then_else
-;; (match_operand 3 "conditional_compare_operand" "")
-;; (const_int 0)
-;; (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r")
-;; (match_operator:SI 4 "binary_parallel_operator"
-;; [(match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "0,0")
-;; (match_operand:SI 2 "nonmemory_operand" "r,I")
-;; ]
-;; )
-;; )
-;; )]
-;; "TARGET_M32RX"
-;; "* return emit_binary_cond_exec (operands, FALSE);"
-;; [(set_attr "type" "multi")
-;; (set_attr "length" "8")]
-;; )
-;;
-;; (define_insn "*cond_exec_si_unary_true"
-;; [(if_then_else
-;; (match_operand 2 "conditional_compare_operand" "")
-;; (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
-;; (match_operator:SI 3 "unary_parallel_operator"
-;; [(match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")]
-;; )
-;; )
-;; (const_int 0)
-;; )]
-;; "TARGET_M32RX"
-;; "* return emit_unary_cond_exec (operands, TRUE);"
-;; [(set_attr "type" "multi")
-;; (set_attr "length" "8")]
-;; )
-;;
-;; (define_insn "*cond_exec_si_unary_false"
-;; [(if_then_else
-;; (match_operand 2 "conditional_compare_operand" "")
-;; (const_int 0)
-;; (set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
-;; (match_operator:SI 3 "unary_parallel_operator"
-;; [(match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")]
-;; )
-;; )
-;; )]
-;; "TARGET_M32RX"
-;; "* return emit_unary_cond_exec (operands, FALSE);"
-;; [(set_attr "type" "multi")
-;; (set_attr "length" "8")]
-;; )
-;;
-
-;; END CYGNUS LOCAL -- meissner/m32r work
-
-;; Block moves, see m32r.c for more details.
-;; Argument 0 is the destination
-;; Argument 1 is the source
-;; Argument 2 is the length
-;; Argument 3 is the alignment
-
-(define_expand "movstrsi"
- [(parallel [(set (match_operand:BLK 0 "general_operand" "")
- (match_operand:BLK 1 "general_operand" ""))
- (use (match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" ""))
- (use (match_operand:SI 3 "immediate_operand" ""))])]
- ""
- "
-{
- if (operands[0]) /* avoid unused code messages */
- {
- m32r_expand_block_move (operands);
- DONE;
- }
-}")
-
-;; Insn generated by block moves
-
-(define_insn "movstrsi_internal"
- [(set (mem:BLK (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r")) ;; destination
- (mem:BLK (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r"))) ;; source
- (use (match_operand:SI 2 "m32r_block_immediate_operand" "J"));; # bytes to move
- (set (match_dup 0) (plus:SI (match_dup 0) (minus:SI (match_dup 2) (const_int 4))))
- (set (match_dup 1) (plus:SI (match_dup 1) (match_dup 2)))
- (clobber (match_scratch:SI 3 "=&r")) ;; temp 1
- (clobber (match_scratch:SI 4 "=&r"))] ;; temp 2
- ""
- "* return m32r_output_block_move (insn, operands);"
- [(set_attr "type" "store8")
- (set_attr "length" "72")]) ;; Maximum
diff --git a/gcc/config/m32r/t-m32r b/gcc/config/m32r/t-m32r
deleted file mode 100755
index 1f6e3d7..0000000
--- a/gcc/config/m32r/t-m32r
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-# lib1funcs.asm is currently empty.
-CROSS_LIBGCC1 =
-
-# These are really part of libgcc1, but this will cause them to be
-# built correctly, so...
-
-LIB2FUNCS_EXTRA = fp-bit.c dp-bit.c
-
-# Turn off the SDA while compiling libgcc2. There are no headers for it
-# and we want maximal upward compatibility here.
-
-TARGET_LIBGCC2_CFLAGS = -G 0
-
-fp-bit.c: $(srcdir)/config/fp-bit.c
- echo '#define FLOAT' > fp-bit.c
- cat $(srcdir)/config/fp-bit.c >> fp-bit.c
-
-dp-bit.c: $(srcdir)/config/fp-bit.c
- cat $(srcdir)/config/fp-bit.c > dp-bit.c
-
-# We need to use -fpic when we are using gcc to compile the routines in
-# initfini.c. This is only really needed when we are going to use gcc/g++
-# to produce a shared library, but since we don't know ahead of time when
-# we will be doing that, we just always use -fpic when compiling the
-# routines in initfini.c.
-# -fpic currently isn't supported for the m32r.
-
-CRTSTUFF_T_CFLAGS =
-
-# .init/.fini section routines
-
-crtinit.o: $(srcdir)/config/m32r/initfini.c $(GCC_PASSES) $(CONFIG_H)
- $(GCC_FOR_TARGET) $(GCC_CFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(CRTSTUFF_T_CFLAGS) \
- -DCRT_INIT -finhibit-size-directive -fno-inline-functions \
- -g0 -c $(srcdir)/config/m32r/initfini.c -o crtinit.o
-
-crtfini.o: $(srcdir)/config/m32r/initfini.c $(GCC_PASSES) $(CONFIG_H)
- $(GCC_FOR_TARGET) $(GCC_CFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(CRTSTUFF_T_CFLAGS) \
- -DCRT_FINI -finhibit-size-directive -fno-inline-functions \
- -g0 -c $(srcdir)/config/m32r/initfini.c -o crtfini.o
-
-m32rx/crtinit.o: $(srcdir)/config/m32r/initfini.c $(GCC_PASSES) $(CONFIG_H)
- $(GCC_FOR_TARGET) $(GCC_CFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(CRTSTUFF_T_CFLAGS) \
- -DCRT_INIT -finhibit-size-directive -fno-inline-functions \
- -g0 -c $(srcdir)/config/m32r/initfini.c -m32rx -o m32rx/crtinit.o
-
-m32rx/crtfini.o: $(srcdir)/config/m32r/initfini.c $(GCC_PASSES) $(CONFIG_H)
- $(GCC_FOR_TARGET) $(GCC_CFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(CRTSTUFF_T_CFLAGS) \
- -DCRT_FINI -finhibit-size-directive -fno-inline-functions \
- -g0 -c $(srcdir)/config/m32r/initfini.c -m32rx -o m32rx/crtfini.o
-
-# -mmodel={small,medium} requires separate libraries.
-# We don't build libraries for the large model, instead we use the medium
-# libraries. The only difference is that the large model can handle jumps
-# more than 26 signed bits away.
-
-MULTILIB_OPTIONS = mmodel=small/mmodel=medium
-MULTILIB_DIRNAMES = small medium
-MULTILIB_MATCHES = mmodel?medium=mmodel?large
-
-MULTILIB_OPTIONS = mmodel=small/mmodel=medium m32r/m32rx
-MULTILIB_DIRNAMES = small medium m32r m32rx
-
-# Set MULTILIB_EXTRA_OPTS so shipped libraries have small data in .sdata and
-# SHN_M32R_SCOMMON.
-# This is important for objects referenced in system header files.
-MULTILIB_EXTRA_OPTS = msdata=sdata
-
-LIBGCC = stmp-multilib
-INSTALL_LIBGCC = install-multilib
diff --git a/gcc/config/m32r/xm-m32r.h b/gcc/config/m32r/xm-m32r.h
deleted file mode 100755
index 57100c8..0000000
--- a/gcc/config/m32r/xm-m32r.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-/* Configuration for GNU C-compiler for the M32R processor.
- Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of GNU CC.
-
-GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-/* #defines that need visibility everywhere. */
-#define FALSE 0
-#define TRUE 1
-
-/* This describes the machine the compiler is hosted on. */
-#define HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR 8
-#define HOST_BITS_PER_SHORT 16
-#define HOST_BITS_PER_INT 32
-#define HOST_BITS_PER_LONG 32
-#define HOST_BITS_PER_LONGLONG 64
-
-/* Doubles are stored in memory with the high order word first. This
- matters when cross-compiling. */
-#define HOST_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN 1
-
-/* target machine dependencies.
- tm.h is a symbolic link to the actual target specific file. */
-#include "tm.h"
-
-/* Arguments to use with `exit'. */
-#define SUCCESS_EXIT_CODE 0
-#define FATAL_EXIT_CODE 33
-
-/* If compiled with Sun CC, the use of alloca requires this #include. */
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-#include "alloca.h"
-#endif